Loading...
31A-067 (26) Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining .. Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts D. Preparation 1. At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetrations for pipes. E. Application w 1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids. Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where necessary. 2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with sealing compound. " END OF SECTION ELECTRICAL 16100-30 .. Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/412007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts B. Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to the weather and wet locations, shall be of the threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and gasket. C. Pull boxes shall be adequate size to accommodate the conductors installed therein without excessive bending of the conductors,which would damage the conductor insulation. D. All outlet boxes installed in masonry shall be so set that their outer edges are 1/4" back of finished surface. E. Outlet boxes shall not be supported by the conduit. Suitable means shall be provided to support the outlet box to take the weight of the fixture. F. Fixture outlet boxes used as junction boxes or outlets not used, shall be provided with covers. 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings or not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by the Electrical Contractor and be included in his bid. 3.6 TESTING A. Balancing Loads: 1. Circuits shall be connected to the panelboards so that the total load is distributed equally between each line and neutral to within ten percent. Branch circuits shall be balanced on their own panelboards, and feeder loads balanced on the main distribution panel. Reasonable load testing shall be arranged for verification if requested by the Public Works Department. 3.7 FIRE SAFING A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work including, but not limited to the following: 1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers. 2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers. 3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings. 4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway walls, No mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen, machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving rooms. B. Safing Insulation 1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc. or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors. C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire safing. ELECTRICAL 16100-29 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining No Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts E. Electrical equipment, such as junction and pull boxes, control, and apparatus, shall be made n® accessible. F. All wiring shall be concealed in finished spaces, except as otherwise specified. 3.2 GROUNDING A. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all exposed non-current carrying metallic parts so of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding conductor in non-metallic raceways and neutral conductor of the wiring system shall be grounded. The ground connection shall be made at the main service equipment. B. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all material required for the grounding and/or bonding in the building of all equipment, power and lighting systems installed under this Contract. C. The Electrical Contractor shall make tight and proper all metallic components and equipment to one another and to ground, using a positive foolproof system of connections. Provide and install bonding and grounding conductors with approved termination where required, conforming with the latest Massachusetts Electrical Code and other applicable specification standards. D. A #12 AWG insulated equipment ground conductor shall be installed in each length of flexible metallic conduit connection to motors, recessed lighting fixtures and other equipment components for continuity. Positive ground connections with the ground wire shall be made at each outlet box, lighting fixture, motor and other equipment components by means of positively secured ground clamp in each. 3.3 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. All conduit shall be installed so as to provide the straightest possible run with not more than the equivalent of three 900 bends in a single run. Where more bends are necessary, the Electrical Contractor shall provide suitable pull boxes. B. Conduit shall be fished and cleaned and dry before pulling wires and shall be suitably protected against entrance of dirt and moisture during construction. .w C. Ends of all conduits shall be reamed and all joints made waterproof. Connections to junction boxes shall be double locknut and bushing, using insulated bushings on conduit 1-1/4"or larger. Grounding bushings shall be provided at all panel connections. D. Conduit connections to motor frames shall have minimum of 18" of flexible steel conduit to eliminate vibrations and noise being transferred to other parts of the building, with cable jumper across greenfield and fittings. This flexible conduit shall also be installed at ceiling mounted lighting fixtures to facilitate alignment of fixtures. 3.4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES ..� A. Receptacle boxes, unless otherwise noted, shall be approximately 18" above finished floor, aligned above or below closest block course, except at locations where wall mounted equipment precludes this mounting height. At such locations, receptacle height shall be as directed by the Architect. Switch outlets shall be 48" above finished floor, unless aligned above or below closest block course. The Electrical Contractor shall check with the Architectural and Structural Plans for interferences. ELECTRICAL 16100-28 „� Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts a. Lighting fixtures and supports shall conform to the Standard for Safety UL- 57. b. Provide a lateral bracing system. c. Fixture supports will employ materials, which are suitable for the purpose. d. Loop and hook or swivel hanger assemblies for pendant fixtures shall be filled with a restraining device to hold the stem in the support position during earthquake motions. e. Pendant supported fluorescent fixtures shall also be provided with a flexible hanger device at the attachment to the fixture channel to preclude breaking of the support. The motion of swivels or hinged joints shall not cause sharp bends in conductors or damage to insulation. f. Each recessed fluorescent individual or continuous row of fixtures shall be supported by a seismic resistant suspended ceiling support system, and shall be fastened thereto at each corner of the fixture; or shall be provided with fixture support wired attached to the building structural members using two wires for individual fixtures and one wire per unit of continuous row fixtures. These support wires (min. No. 12 ga wire) will be capable of supporting four times the support load. g. A supporting assembly, which is intended to be mounted on an outlet box, will be designed to accommodate mounting features on four-inch boxes, three inch plaster rings, and fixture studs. h. Each surface mounted fluorescent individual or continuous row of fixtures shall be attached to a seismic resistant ceiling support system. Fixture support devices shall be locking type scissor clamp, or a full loop band, which will securely attach to the ceiling support. i. Fixtures attached to the underside of a structural slab shall be properly anchored to the slab at each corner of the fixture. j. Each wall mounted emergency light unit shall be secured in a manner to hold the unit in place during a seismic disturbance. k. Suspension systems for lighting fixtures that are free to swing a minimum of 450 from the vertical in all directions are acceptable if a passing shaking table test approved by the using agency is conducted and will withstand without failure a force of not less than four times its own weight. PART 3-INSTALLATION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Electrical Contractor shall endeavor to layout and perform his work in such a manner as tw to cause no delay in the construction by other trades. B. The Electrical Contractor shall verify all measurements and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No allowance will be made for differences between actual measurements and those shown on plans. C. If, in laying out his work, the Electrical Contractor finds that the work of other trades might interfere with his, the Architect shall be notified. D. The locations of outlets, apparatus, and equipment are approximate only and the runs of feeders, mains, and branches are not necessarily to be made exactly as shown on the plans. The exact locations of such work shall be determined after full consideration has been given to work of other trades and without changes in the design of the systems. The entire installation shall conform to the latest issue of the Massachusetts Electrical Code and local inspection authorities. , , ELECTRICAL 16100-27 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts through the steel box. To maintain stability the boxes shall not be articulated as clevis hangers nor the neoprene element stacked on top of the spring. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 300 arc from side to side before contacting the rod bushing and short circuiting the spring. Submittals shall include a hanger ' Drawing showing the 300 capability. Hangers shall be Type 30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 11. Hangers shall be as described in 10, but they shall be precompressed and �. locked at the rated deflection by means of a resilient seismic upstop to keep the piping or equipment at a fixed elevation during installation. The hangers shall be designed with a release mechanism to free the spring after the installation is complete and the hanger is subjected to its full load. Deflection shall be clearly �11i indicated by means of a scale. Submittals shall include a Drawing of the hanger showing the 30 degree capability. Hangers shall be Type PC30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. „ 12. Seismic Cable Restraints shall consist of galvanized steel aircraft cables sized to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of two (2) and arranged to provide all-directional restraint. Cable end connections shall be steel assemblies that swivel to final installation angle and utilize two (2) clamping bolts to provide proper cable engagement. Cables must not be allowed to bend across sharp edges. Cable assemblies shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings. Cable assemblies shall be Type SCB at the ceiling and at the clevis bolt, SCBH between the hanger rod nut and the clevis or SCBV if clamped to a beam all as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 13. Seismic solid braces shall consist of steel angles or channels to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of 2 and arranged to provide all directional restraint. Seismic solid brace end connectors shall be steel assemblies that swivel to the final installation angle and utilize two through bolts to provide proper attachment. Seismic solid brace assembly shall have anchorage pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings. Solid seismic brace assemblies shall be Type SSB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 14. Stud wedge anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, not from undersized wire that is "rolled up" to create the thread. The stud anchor shall also have a safety shoulder, which fully supports the wedge ring under load. The stud anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I.C.B.O Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying its allowable loads. Drill-in stud wedge anchors shall be type SAS as manufactured by Mason Industries or equal. 15. Female wedge anchors are preferred in floor locations so isolators or equipment can be slid into place after the anchors are installed. Anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, and shall have a safety shoulder to fully support the wedge ring under load. Female wedge anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I.C.B.O Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying to its ,■, allowable loads. Drill-in female wedge anchors shall be type SAB as manufactured by Mason Industries or equal. 16. Housekeeping pad anchors shall consist of a ductile iron casting that is tapered and hexagonal, smaller at its base than at its top. The upper portion shall have holes for rebar to pass through. The anchor shall be continuously threaded from top to bottom for the attachment of soleplates. Housekeeping pad anchors shall be attached to the structural slab using a stud wedge anchor. Housekeeping pad anchors shall be type HPA and stud wedge anchor shall be type SAS both as manufactured by Mason Industries or equal. Lighting Fixtures: ELECTRICAL 16100-26 ,, Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts surround the anchor bolt and have a flat face to avoid metal to metal contact. Neoprene bushings shall be Type HG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 5. Spring isolators shall be free standing and laterally stable without any housing and complete with a molded neoprene cup or 114 in. neoprene acoustical friction pad between the baseplate and the support. All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment. Spring diameters shall be no less than 0.8 if the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Submittals shall include spring diameters, deflection, compressed spring height and solid spring height. Mountings shall be Type SLF as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 6. Restrained spring mountings shall have an SLF mounting as described in Specification 5, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment. Installed and operating heights are equal. A minimum clearance of 1/2 in. shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the spring so as not to interfere with the spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Since housings will be bolted or welded in position there must be an internal isolation pad. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces. Mountings shall have Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California certifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Mountings shall be SLR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 7. Spring mountings as in Specification 5 built into a ductile iron or steel housing to provide all directional seismic snubbing. The snubber shall be adjustable vertically and allow a maximum if 1/4 in. travel in all directions before contacting the resilient snubbing collars. Mountings shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Mountings shall be SSLFH as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 8. Air Springs shall be manufactured with upper and lower steel sections connected by a replaceable flexible nylon reinforced neoprene element. Air spring configuration shall be multiple bellows to achieve a maximum natural frequency of 3 Hz. Air Springs shall be designed for a burst pressure that is a minimum of three times the published maximum operating pressure. All air spring systems shall be connected to either the building control air or a supplementary air supply and equipped with three (3)-leveling valves to maintain leveling within plus or minus 1/8 in. Submittals shall include natural frequency, load and damping tests performed by an independent lab or acoustician. Air Springs shall be Type MT and leveling valves Type LV as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 9. Restrained air spring mountings shall have an MT air spring as described in Specification 8, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent air spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment. Installed and operating heights are equal. A minimum clearance of 1.2 in. shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the air spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces. Mountings shall be SLR- " MT as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 10. Hangers shall consist of rigid steel frames containing minimum 1-1/4 in. thick neoprene elements at the top and a steel spring with general characteristics as in Specification 5 seated in a steel washer reinforced neoprene cup on the bottom. so The neoprene element and the cup shall have neoprene bushings projecting ELECTRICAL 16100-25 w. Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts w. Building "G" Force "G" Force "G" Force "G" Force For Code for all pipes, Duct & for Rigidity for Flexibility Life Safety Conduit Mounted Mounted Equipment Either Equipment Equipment Rigidity or Flexibility Mounted Zone Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. UBC BOCA .25 .08 0.4 0.15 0.1 0.15 0.6 0.2 SBCCI I. Product Intent: 1. All vibration isolators and seismic restraints described in this section shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Mason Industry's products are the basis of these Specifications; products of other manufacturers are acceptable provided their systems strictly comply with the Specifications and have the approval of the specifying engineer. Submittals and certification sheets shall be in accordance with Section D. 2. For the purposes of this project, failure is defined as the discontinuance of any attachment point between equipment or structure, vertical permanent deformation greater than 1/8 in. and/or horizontal permanent deformation greater than 1/4 in. J. Product Description: Vibration Isolators and Seismic Restraints: 1. Two (2) layers of 3/4 in. thick neoprene pad consisting of 2 in. square waffle modules separated horizontally by a 16 gauge galvanized shim. Load distribution plates shall be used as required. Pads shall be Type Super"Was manufactured ■* by Mason Industries, Inc. 2. Bridge-bearing neoprene mountings shall have a minimum static deflection of 0.2 in. and all directional seismic capability. The mount shall consist of a ductile iron casting containing two separated and opposing molded neoprene elements. The elements shall prevent the central threaded sleeve and attachment bolt from contacting the casting during normal operation. The shock absorbing neoprene materials shall be compounded to bridge-bearing Specifications. Mountings shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Mountings shall be Type BR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 3. Sheet metal panels shall be bolted to the walls or supporting structure by assemblies consisting of a neoprene bushing cushioned between 2 steel sleeves. The outer sleeve prevents the sheet metal from cutting into the neoprene. Enlarge panel holes as required. Neoprene elements pass over the w. bushing to cushion the back panel horizontally. A steel disc covers the inside neoprene element and the inner steel sleeve is elongated to act as a stop so tightening the anchor bolts does not interfere with panel isolation in three (3) planes. Bushing assemblies can be applied to the ends of steel cross members where applicable. All assemblies shall be Type PB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 4. A one piece molded bridge bearing neoprene washer/bushing. The bushing shall ELECTRICAL 16100-24 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts seismic restraint devices shall be designed to accept, without failure, the forces detailed in Section H acting through the equipment center of gravity. Overturning moments may exceed forces at ground level. E. Code and Standards Requirement: 1. Typical Applicable Codes and Standards—most recent or enforced code: a. Massachusetts State Building Code. b. BOCA Massachusetts Electrical Code. C. NFPA-13, 14, 20, and 90A. d. Massachusetts State Plumbing and Gas Code. e. Massachusetts Electrical Code. F. Manufacture's Responsibility: 1. Manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic control equipment shall have the following responsibilities: a. Determine vibration isolation and seismic restraint sizes and locations. b. Provide vibration isolation and seismic restraints as scheduled or specified. ' C. Provide calculations and materials if required for restraint of un-insolated equipment. d. Provide installation instructions, drawings and trained field supervision to 1W insure proper installation and performance. G. Related Work: 1. Housekeeping Pads: a. Housekeeping pad reinforcement and monolithic pad attachment to the structure details and design shall be prepared by the restraint vendor if not already indicated on the Drawings. b. Housekeeping pads shall be coordinated with restraint vendor and sized to provide a minimum edge distance of ten (10) bolt diameters all around the outermost anchor bolt to allow development of full drill-in wedge anchor ratings. If cast-in anchors are to be used, the housekeeping pads shall be sized to accommodate the ACI requirements for bolt coverage and embedment. 2. Supplementary Support Steel: Contractor shall supply supplementary support steel for all equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. including roof mounted equipment, as required or specified. 3. Attachments: Contractor shall supply restraint attachments plates cast into housekeeping pads, concrete inserts, double sided beam clamps, etc. in accordance with the requirements of the vibration vendor's calculations. H. Seismic Force Levels: 1. The following force levels will be used on this project. Minimum "G" Forces Equal to or Exceeding Building Code Listed in E. ELECTRICAL 16100-23 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts bus duct, or cable trays, or any other equipment are not acceptable on this project as seismic anchor points. 3. Transverse Bracing: Restraint (s) applied to limit motion perpendicular to the centerline of the pipe, duct or conduit. 4. Longitudinal Bracing: Restraint (s) applied to limit motion parallel to the centerline of the pipe. C. Manufacturer's Data: 1. The manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic restraints shall provide submittals for products as follows: w� a. Descriptive Data: 1. Catalog cuts or data sheets on vibration isolators and specific restraints detailing compliance with the Specification. 2. Detailed schedules of flexible and rigidly mounted equipment, showing vibration isolators and seismic restraints by referencing numbered descriptive Drawings. b. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit fabrication details for equipment bases including dimensions, structural member sizes and support point locations. 2. Provide all details of suspension and support for ceiling hung ,,, equipment. 3. Where walls, floors, slabs, or supplementary steelwork are used for seismic restraint locations, details of acceptable attachment methods for ducts, conduit and pipe must be included and approved before the condition is accepted for installation. Restraint manufacture's submittals must include spacing, static loads and seismic loads at all attachment and support points. 4. Provide specific details of seismic restraints and anchors; include number, size and locations for each piece of equipment. D. Seismic Certification and Analysis: .• 1. Seismic restraint calculations must be provided for all connections of equipment to the structure. Calculations must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five (5) years of seismic design experience, licensed in the state of the job location. 2. All restraining devices shall have a pre-approval number form California OSHPD or some other recognized government agency showing maximum restraint ratings. Pre-approvals based on independent testing are preferred pre- approvals based on calculations. Where pre-approved devices are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including the combing of tensile and shear loading) to support seismic restraint designs must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five (5) years of seismic design experience and licensed in the state of the job location. Testing and calculations must include both shear and tensile loads as well as one test or analysis at 45 degrees to the weakest mode. 3. Analysis must indicate calculated dead loads, static seismic loads and capacity of materials utilized for connections to equipment and structure. Analysis must detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter, emdbedment and/or welded length. All ELECTRICAL 16100-22 ., Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts the manufactures or construction standards, the most stringent shall apply. 5. The Specification is considered to be minimum requirements for seismic consideration P and is not intended as a substitute for legislated, more stringent, national, state or local construction requirements (i.e. California Title 24, California OSHPD, Canadian Building Codes, or other requirements). 6. Any variance or non-compliance with these Specification requirements shall be corrected by the Contractor in an approved manner. 7. Seismic restraints shall be designed in accordance with seismic force levels as detailed in Section H. A. The work in this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Vibration isolation for equipment. 2. Seismic restraints for isolated equipment. 3. Seismic restraints for non-isolated equipment. 4. Certification of seismic restraint designs and installation supervision. 5. Certification of seismic attachment of housekeeping pads. 6. All electrical systems. Equipment buried underground is excluded but entry of services through the foundation wall is included. Equipment referred to below is typical. (Equipment not listed is still included in this Specification.) Battery Packs Generators Bus Ducts Light Fixtures Cable Trays Comp. Room Units Switching Gear Conduit Transformers Electrical Panels Unit Substitutions B. Definitions 1. Life Safety Systems: a. All systems involved with fire protection including sprinkler piping, fire pumps, jockey pumps, fire pump control panels, service water supply piping, water tanks, fire dampers and smoke exhaust systems. b. All systems involved with and/or connected to emergency power supply including all generators, transfer switches, transformers and all flowpaths to fire protection and/or emergency lighting systems. C. All medical and life support systems. d. Fresh air relief systems on emergency control sequence including air handlers, conduit, duct, dampers, etc. e. All life safety equipment has an asterisk on the equipment schedule. 2. Positive Attachment: A positive attachment is defined as a cast-in-anchor, a drill-in wedge anchor, a double sided beam clamp loaded perpendicular to a beam, or a welded "C" type beam clamps for support rods of electrical conduit, ELECTRICAL 16100-21 o Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts h. Bend radius + 5. Splicing of cables is not permitted between terminations at specified equipment. 6. Form, in a neat and orderly manner, all conductors in enclosures and boxes, wireways and wiring troughs, providing circuit and conductor identification. Tie as required using T&B "Ty-Raps" of appropriate size and type. Limit spacing between ties to 6", and provide circuit and conductor identification at least once in each enclosure. ■„ 7. Provide ample service loops at each termination so that plates, panels, and equipment can be unmounted for service and inspection. Q. Acceptance Testing 1. Acceptance testing shall be performed by the Architect/Engineer and Owner during a period designated by the Owner. The period of time required for acceptance testing is two (2) working days. Contractor shall furnish a minimum of one (1) technician for the acceptance testing period. This area shall be completed with all furnishings ready for occupancy. 2. Make additional mechanical and electrical adjustments within the scope of the work and which are deemed necessary by the Architect or Owner as a result of the acceptance tests. R. System Documentation: 1. Prepare and submit four (4) copies of operation and maintenance manuals, neatly bound as outlined in this Specification. 2. Manual to include: a. A system block diagram with all input/output terminations and patch points identified. b. A listing of the As-built cabling and components installed. C. A record of the test results. d. Formalized As-built Drawings indicating the physical cable plant, component and node locations. e. A topology diagram depicting the network configuration for Owner's reference when additions, changes, or modifications are made to the original design. 2.11 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 1. It is the intent of the seismic portion of this Specification to keep all electrical building system components in place during a seismic event. .A 2. All electrical equipment and conduit, as noted on the equipment schedule or in the Specification, shall be mounted on vibration isolators and with flexible connections to prevent the transmission of vibration and mechanically transmitted sound to the building structure. Vibration isolators shall be selected in accordance with the weight distribution a* so as to produce reasonably uniform deflections. 3. All isolators and isolation materials shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be certified by the manufacturer. 4. All such systems must be installed in strict accordance with seismic codes, component manufactures and building construction standards. Whenever a conflict occurs between ELECTRICAL 16100-20 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 2. Label each cable with permanent self-adhesive label with minimum, 1/8 in. high characters, in the following locations: a. Inside receptacle box at the work area. b. Behind the communication closet patch panel or punch block. 3. Use labels on face of data patch panels. Provide facility assignment records in a protective cover at each telecommunications closet location that is specific to the facilities terminated therein. 4. Use color-coded labels for each termination field that conforms to ANSI/TIA/EIA- 606-A standard color codes for termination blocks. 5. Labels shall be machine-printed. Hand-lettered labels shall not be acceptable. 6. Label cables, outlets, patch panels, and punch blocks with room number in which outlet is located, followed by a single letter suffix to indicate particular outlet within room, i.e., S2107A, S2107B. Indicate riser cables by an R then pair or cable number. N. Field Quality Control 1. Employ a Job Superintendent or Project Manager during the course of the installation to provide co-ordination of the work of the Division and of other trades and to provide technical information when requested by other trades. This person shall be responsible for all quality control during installation, equipment set-up and testing. O. General Co-ordination (Date and Telephone Wiring) 1. Entire system shall conform completely with pertinent codes, laws, ordinances, regulations, standards, criteria, or other requirements, including, but not limited to, ! " structural support, fire rating and health/safety requirements regarding all items. Such conformity shall have precedence over this Specification. 2. Secure equipment firmly in place, including boxes, conduit, and cables. Provide fastenings and supports adequate to support loads. 3. Install work neatly, with boxes, equipment, etc., plumb and square. Adjust layout as necessary to preserve symmetry and aesthetics. Install equipment to provide maximum safety to future operators. 4. Clearly, logically, and permanently mark connectors, jacks, cables, and cable terminations. P. Wiring 1. Provide wire, conduits, and raceways according to standard broadcast practices. Do not exceed 30%fill in conduit. 2. Exercise care in wiring to avoid damage to cables and equipment. 3. Wiring shall not rest on ceiling material nor touch any heat sources. Conduits exposed to physical abuse shall be run in RSC, 3/4"minimum. 4. Install all data wire and cable. Ensure proper. . a. Pulling tensions. b. Quantities. C. Types. d. Lengths. e. Routing. f. Wire group separation. g. Identification. ELECTRICAL 16100- 19 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts require the use of a punchdown tool. All modules shall be 100% tested for .A NEXT performance. The termination cap shall be color coded for T568A and T568B wiring schemes. J. Installation of Data and Telephone Cabling ' 1. Install materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions to comply with governing regulations and industry standards applicable to the work and as shown on approved Shop Drawings. a. Contractor shall rigidly adhere to manufacturer's published specifications for pulling tension, minimum bend radii, and sidewall pressure when installing all cables. 2. Arrange and mount all equipment and materials in a manner acceptable to the Architect/Engineer and Owner. 3. Installation shall conform to the following basic guidelines: a. Use of approved wire, cable, and wiring devices. •� b. Neat and uncluttered wire termination. 4. Provide fire stopping for electrical penetrations through fire rated floors, walls, and other partitions of building construction. 5. Where existing cables (outlets) are being relocated to an adjacent wall, Contractor shall cut off connector and pull cable to new outlet box location. Pull and label as specified. K. Testing of Data Cables 1. Every cabling link in the installation shall be tested in accordance with the field test *� specifications defined in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 "Transmission Performance Specifications for 4-pair 1000 Category 6 Cabling". 2. The installed twisted-pair horizontal links shall be tested from the IDF in the telecommunications room to the telecommunication wall outlet in the work area .. against the "Permanent Link" performance limits specification as defined in the ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 standard. w 3. Any failing link must be diagnosed and corrected. The corrective action shall be followed with a new test to prove that the corrected link meets the performance requirements. L. Grounding 1. All equipment racks, housings, and raceways shall be grounded. 2. Data system shall contain a single point ground. All cabinets, racks, etc. shall be connected to a single point ground which, in turn, will be connected to the grounding systems conductors in that area. 3. Grounding shall conform to ANSI/TIA/EIA-607(A) - Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications, National Electrical Code®, ANSI/NECA/BICSI-568 and manufacturer's grounding requirements as minimum. M. Labeling '" 1. Labeling shall conform to ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A standards. ELECTRICAL 16100- 18 ,,, Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts E. Equivalent equipment by Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, or Westinghouse will be considered. 2.10 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM A. The building's internal telephone/data system is existing, and will be modified to accommodate the new building layout as shown on the Drawings and directed by the Owner. B. Existing head end equipment, including fiber optic data and telephone equipment mounted on existing backboard in basement, shall remain and be sealed off with plastic covering during construction to avoid dust intrusion as much as practicable. C. New outlet locations, as shown on Drawings, shall consist of standard size outlet box, and cover plates (smooth phenolic ivory), with 3 ports; (1) for data, (1) for telephone, and (1) for future expansion. D. The work in this Section shall be performed by a Contractor who has been pre-qualified by the College. E. Work of this Section shall include the installation, termination, and testing of all data and telephone wiring from the outlets indicated on the Contract Drawings to the Basement Data/Telephone Room as indicated on the Drawings. F. Each Telephone/Data outlet drop shall consist of one (1) data and one (1) voice drop, run from each outlet location to the Telephone Room. G. All data runs must be installed without cross-connects between wall jack and patch panel terminations in Telephone Room. H. Voice runs may be cross connected on 110 blocks. I. Data cabling shall be Category 6, unshielded twisted pair, (UTP), with a blue sheath as described in ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A 1. Solid copper, 24 AWG, 100 ohm balanced twisted-pair (UTP) Category 6 cables with four individually twisted-pairs, which meet or exceed the mechanical and transmission performance specifications in ANSIfFIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 up to 250 MHz. 2. Wall Plates and Connectors a. Single-gang faceplate with two openings containing the following devices: 1. Data Outlet - 8-pin modular, category 6, unkeyed, black, pinned to either T568(A or B)standards. 2. Voice Outlet - 8-pin modular, category 3, unkeyed, ivory, pinned to either T568(A or B)standards. 3. Data Jack Modules a. Eight position modules shall be used in all work areas and modular patch panels and shall meet the TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 standard. Modules shall be tested and approved for Category 6 ETL component compliance. The module termination to 4 pair 24—22 AWG 100 ohm solid unshielded twisted pair cable shall be accomplished by use of a forward motion termination cap and shall not ELECTRICAL 16100- 17 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 2.9 MOTOR STARTERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Furnish and install motor starting, protecting, and controlling devices for motors where shown on the Drawings. B. Furnish and install heavy duty fused safety switches as indicated on plans and specifications. 1. All switches shall have switch blades which are fully visible in the OFF position with the door open. All current-carrying parts shall be plated to resist corrosion and promote cool operation. 2. Switches shall be quick-made and quick-break such that, during normal operation of the switch, the operation of the contacts shall not be capable of being restrained by the operating handle after the closing or opening action of the contacts has started. The handle and mechanism shall be an integral part of the box, not the cover, with positive pad-locking provisions in the"OFF" position. 3. Switches shall be furnished in NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures unless NEMA 3R (rainproof) is specified on the plans. Enclosures shall have gray enamel, electro-deposited on cleaned phosphatized steel. 4. Switches shall be horsepower rated for 240 volts AC, as shown. 5. Fuses shall be as indicated on the Drawings. 6. Switches shall be Square D Heavy Duty type in NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R enclosures, or equal. C. Disconnect switches for 120 volt, single phase motors shall be single or double pole toggle switches as specified, unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. D. Motor starters shall be across-the-line magnetic type rated in accordance with NEMA Standards, sizes and horsepower ratings. Starters shall be mounted in general purpose enclosures unless otherwise indicated on the plans. 1. Across-the-line magnetic starters shall be equipped with double break silver alloy contacts. All contacts shall be replaceable without removing power wiring or removing starter from panel. 2. Coils shall be of molded construction, replaceable from the front without removing the starter from the panel. ■, 3. Overload relays shall be the melting alloy type with a replaceable control circuit module. Thermal units shall be of one-piece construction and interchangeable. The starter shall be inoperative if the thermal unit is removed. a. All three phase magnetic starters shall have "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch, Square D, Class 8536, Form C, three-pole, three-phase of NEMA size applicable, with three melting alloy overload relays and three- position H-O-A switch in cover of general purpose enclosure. b. All single phase magnetic starters shall be single pole magnetic contactor without overload protection, with "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch in cover of general purpose enclosure, Square D, Class 8502. C. A control transformer shall be furnished and installed in each starter, fused, with 24 volt secondary. Starter coils shall be 24 volt. d. Furnish a minimum of one auxiliary contact in each starter for use by others for interlocking purposes. ' 4. Starters for two speed motors shall be for single winding or two winding as required for the service. ELECTRICAL 16100- 16 ., Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Alarm System'with decal or approved markings d. Fire Alarm control systems and equipment shall be connected to separate dedicated branch circuits, sized as required for proper service. Circuits shall be labeled 'FIRE ALARM'. 3. Final Tests/Warranty a. The system shall be fully tested by the contractor and NICET certified technicians in accordance with UL guidelines and NFPA standards. Each and every device shall be tested. b. A copy of the final test report shall be submitted indicating proper functioning of the system and conformance to the specifications. The test shall be performed by factory-trained qualified technicians. Each and every device shall be tested, and standalone operation of remote panels shall be verified. Final testing shall be performed by the same company that will hold and execute the Test and Inspection contract. C. The manufacturer shall guarantee all system equipment for a period of one (1)year from the date of final acceptance. d. The contractor shall guarantee all raceways and wiring to be free from inherent mechanical or electrical defects for one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the system. 4. Training a. The contractor shall provide the services of the manufacturer's representative for a period of 4 hours, during normal business hours, to instruct the owner's designated personnel and fire department response teams on the operation of the system. "! 2.8 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Remove existing lighting fixtures and replace with new lighting fixtures as described in the Lighting Fixture Schedule found on the drawings. B. Furnish and install lighting fixtures on all light outlets shown on plans. All lighting fixtures to have label of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Fixtures to be complete in all respects with all required glassware and lamps. All lamps to be new. Furnish and install all required hardware to fit in all type ceilings. Fixtures are to be cleaned after lamps and diffusers are installed. Any chipped, cracked or otherwise defective material shall be replaced. C. Fluorescent ballasts shall be solid state low harmonic electronic type, approvable for use on their system by Massachusetts Electric Co. Department. Fixture/lamp combinations for which electronic ballasts are not available shall be high power factor, energy efficient magnetic type, complete with automatic reset thermal protector, and shall be CBM certified. D. All fixtures shall be installed complete with lamps of the stated type and size; T8 lamps shall be 3500 K. E. All fixtures to be independently supported from building structure. F. Fixtures are identified by letter on the fixture schedule and by corresponding letter on Drawings. Manufacturers' names and catalogue numbers are listed to show type and standard of quality. Complete schedule of lighting fixtures shall be submitted to and approved by the Architect. ELECTRICAL 16100- 15 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts polycarbonate construction and incorporate an internal toggle switch. A �* locked test feature shall be provided. The station shall be suitable for mounting on North American 2 '/ (64mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 1 '/2 (38mm)deep 4 square boxes with 1-gang covers. Manual station shall be keyed alike with Control Panel. f. Notification Appliances ■e, Provide low profile wall mount strobe only & horn/strobes at the locations shown on the drawings. The low profile horn/strobe shall produce a high level db output an offer a full line of A.D.A. compliant strobes. The horn/strobe shall mount to a standard one-gang electrical box and with an optional trim plate accommodate two-gang, octagonal or four inch square electrical boxes. g. Initiation &Control Modules 1. Relay Module Provide addressable control relay circuit modules at the locations shown on the drawings. The module shall provide one (1) form C dry relay contacts rated at 24Vdc @ 2 amps (pilot duty) to control external appliances or equipment. The position of the relay contact shall be confirmed by the system firmware. 2. Monitor Module Provide addressable single input monitor modules as shown on plans for monitoring of all waterflow, tamper and supervisory devices. Addressable modules shall mount to single gang electrical boxes. h. Carbon Monoxide Detection. Provide and install Carbon Monoxide Detectors where shown on the plans. Notification requirement for the device is governed by local authority having jurisdiction. C/O detector shall meet requirements set forth by UL �. 2075, and interface seamlessly with the Fire alarm system control panel. E. Installation 1. Installation shall be performed by licensed installers in a workmanlike manner. The work shall be performed by skilled technicians under the direction of experienced engineers, all of whom are properly trained and qualified. 2. Wiring a. All wiring for the system shall be in accordance with Articles 760, 725, and 800 of the Massachusetts Electrical Code and local electrical codes. b. Provide complete wiring and conduit between all equipment. All devices shall be mounted upon and splices made in UL listed boxes. Wiring splices and transposing or changing of colors will not be permitted. C. All junction boxes shall be painted red and labeled as'Fire w ELECTRICAL 16100- 14 .. 0. Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 „A Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts *■ condition. Devices shall be interchangeable with twist-lock bases which will provide a supervised remote LED output, fault isolation circuitry, or an auxiliary relay contact. In the event of an addressable loop communications failure, devices shall remain capable of initiating an alarm sequence. a. Duct Detector Housing Provide smoke detector duct housing assemblies to mount an analog/addressable detector along with a standard, relay or isolator detector mounting base. The housing shall also protect the measuring chamber from damage and insects. The housing shall utilize an air exhaust tube and an air sampling inlet tube that extends into the duct air stream up to ten feet. Drilling templates and gaskets to facilitate locating and mounting the housing shall also be provided. The housing shall be finished in baked red enamel. Remote alarm LED indicators and remote test stations shall be provided. b. Smoke Detector—Photoelectric w Provide analog/addressable photoelectric smoke detectors at the locations shown on the drawings. The detector shall have the ability to set the sensitivity and alarm verification of each of the individual detectors on the circuit. It shall be possible to automatically change the sensitivity of individual analog/addressable detectors for the day and night periods. Each smoke detector shall be capable of transmitting pre-alarm and alarm signals in addition to the normal, trouble and need cleaning information. It shall be possible to program control panel activity to each level. Each smoke detector may be individually programmed to operate at any one of five (5) sensitivity settings. Each detector microprocessor shall contain an environmental compensation algorithm that identifies and sets ambient environmental thresholds approximately six times an hour. The microprocessor shall monitor the environmental compensation value and alert the system operator when the detector approaches 75%and 100% of the allowable environmental compensation value. C. Heat Detectors—Fixed Temperature—ROR Heat Detector Provide analog/addressable combination fixed temperature / rate-of- rise detectors at the locations shown on the drawings. The heat detector shall have a nominal fixed temperature alarm point rating of 135°F (57°C) and a rate of rise alarm point of 15°F (9°C) per minute. The heat detector shall be rated for ceiling installation at a minimum of 70 ft (21.3m) centers and be suitable for wall mount applications. d. Detector Base—Standard Provide standard detector mounting bases suitable for mounting on either North American 1-gang, 3 '/2 or 4 inch octagon box and 4 inch square box, or European BESA or 1-gang box. The base shall, contain no electronics and support all series detector types. e. Manual Station—Double Action Single Stage Provide analog/addressable double action, single stage fire alarm stations at the locations shown on the drawings. The fire alarm station shall be of W ELECTRICAL 16100- 13 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining s, Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts designed for uninterrupted duty. All equipment, materials and accessories covered by these requirements shall be provided by a single manufacturer, or if provided by different manufacturers recognized as compatible by both manufacturers. 7. Circuiting Guidelines. Each initiating device and indicating circuit shall be electronically supervised and individually addressable. All wiring shall be as follows: w a. Individual addressable modules shall be used to monitor waterflow, tamper, and status conditions from any related systems or conventional devices. b. Addressable control modules or relays shall provide auxiliary control functions. C. Addressable loop wiring shall support all devices shown and allow for a minimum of 25%spare capacity and be wired in a Class B, Style 4 fashion. d. As a minimum, power supplies and notification appliance circuits shall operate all devices shown plus 25% spare capacity, and be wired in a Class B, Style Y fashion. e. Audible and visual signals shall be circuited separately to allow continued operation of the visual signal in the event of a silencing of the audible signal. D. Field Mounted System Components 1. Power Supply System power supply(s) shall provide multiple power limited 24 VDC output circuits as required by the panel. Upon failure of normal (AC) power, the effected portion(s) of the system shall automatically switch over to secondary power without losing any system functions. Each system power supply shall be individually supervised. Power supply trouble signals shall identify the specific supply and the nature of the trouble condition. All standby batteries shall be continuously monitored by the power supply. Low battery and disconnection of battery power supply conditions shall immediately annunciated as battery trouble and identify the specific power supply affected. All system power supplies shall be capable of recharging their associated batteries, from a fully discharged condition to a capacity sufficient to allow the system to perform consistent with the requirements of this section, in 48 hours maximum. All AC power connections shall be to the building's designated emergency electrical power circuit and shall meet the requirements of NFPA 72 — The AC power circuit shall be installed in conduit raceway. The power circuit disconnect means shall be clearly labeled FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT CONTROL and shall have a red marking. The location of the circuit disconnect shall be labeled permanently inside the each control panel the disconnect serves. 2. Fire Initiating Devices Intelligent System Devices: Provide intelligent analog devices where shown and required. Each device shall retain operating characteristics in non-volatile memory and conduct algorithms to distinguish real fire conditions from unwanted nuisance alarms. All analog devices shall provide dual LED indicators, a green LED shall flash to denote active communication, and a red LED shall flash to denote an alarm NO ELECTRICAL 16100- 12 M Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts B. Sequence of Operation 1. The operation of a manual station or activation of any automatic alarm initiating device(system smoke, heat, water flow, Duct Smoke)shall automatically: a. Initiate the transmission of the alarm to Smith College Public Safety via data transmission to Campus monitoring system. b. Sound a voice evacuation signal over all audio circuits. C. Flash all visual signals throughout the building in a synchronized manner. d. Flash an alarm LED and sound an audible signal at the FACP. Upon Acknowledgment, the alarm LED shall light steadily and the audible shall silence. Subsequent alarms shall re-initiate this sequence. e. Elevator recall will be installed upon the upgrade of the elevators. Provisions and smoke detectors located at each elevator lobby will be installed to accommodate the future elevator recall f. Visually indicate the alarm initiating device type and location via the LCD display located at the FACP and at all remote annunciators g. Automatically shut down or control HVAC equipment to initiate smoke control functions as required. Manual override controls and programmable relays shall serve as an interface to the Building Automation System. h. Operate prioritized outputs to release all magnetically held smoke doors and magnetically locked doors throughout the building. i. Activate the exterior weatherproof beacon. j. Activation of a Duct-smoke will shut-down the corresponding HVAC unit, if applicable. k. Activation of a Tamper Switch will send a Supervisory Trouble to Public Safety. I. Activation of a Carbon Monoxide Detector shall send a Supervisory Trouble to Public Safety, as well as fulfill requirements for notification as directed by the Local Authority having jurisdiction. C. General Requirements 1. The fire alarm system shall be designed and UL and FM approved for Fire, Audio Evacuation and Security applications. The system operational characteristics shall be stored in non-volatile EEPROM memory, shall be field programmable and capable of being edited with no factory involvement. 2. The system shall utilize broadcast polling techniques and microprocessor-based detectors to minimize the required response time and possible false alarms. Individual initiating and control devices shall retain pre-programmed response characteristics, history logging, and support electronic addressing. A system-wide response (alarm sequence)to an alarm condition shall take place within 3 seconds. 3. The system shall support analog sensing techniques to monitor individual devices which enables the user to set sensitivity parameters. All inputs shall be subject to multi-level alarm verification. The system shall be capable of reporting the status and sensitivity of each device and vectoring this information to a printer. The system shall automatically identify any detector which becomes dirty (maintenance alert), prior to false alarming. 4. The system shall be supported by standby batteries. In the event of a loss of primary power, batteries shall support 24 hours of full supervisory operation followed by 15 minutes of alarm. 5. The system shall be capable of nine levels of alarm prioritization, and allow control by event, and may include cross zoning, stepping, and/or logic statement inputs. u 6. All equipment shall be new and unused. All components and systems shall be ELECTRICAL 16100- 11 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 8. Provide equipment manufactured by Simplex or an approved equivalent system. This constitutes the quality and performance of the equipment and shall be installed to properly function with the existing system to remain. 9. The system design and installation shall conform to the following standards: a. All equipment shall be UL listed for it's intended purpose. b. NFPA standards 70, 72, 90A, 92A, and 101. +� C. Current State Building Code. d. The Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA). e. All requirements of all local authorities having jurisdiction. f. Contractor will adhere to the requirements of the Northampton Fire " Departments checklist and guidelines. 10. Submit 12 complete sets of shop drawings to include: a. Complete point-to-point riser diagram showing all equipment and size, type and number of all conductors and devices. b. Large scale drawings of each panel showing module placement and spare capacity allowances. C. Address listing of all field devices shown on floor plans for coordination of LCD message text assignments. d. Original catalog data sheets for all items to assure compliance with these specifications. This equipment shall be subject to approval, and no equipment shall be ordered without prior approval. e. Provide calculations to support the size of standby batteries notification circuits and power supplies submitted. Calculations shall demonstrate proper current draw, voltage drop, wire size considerations, and spare capacity allowances. f. Confirmation that the equipment supplier, Simplex, will provide on-site project management and supervision during system installation, and perform system testing and instruction as well as interface to existing Campus system. g. Contractor will adhere to the requirements of the Northampton Fire Departments checklist and guidelines. 11. Conform to all UL standards for testing and provide certification of the completed installation. Provide the services of a factory trained technician for proper testing and operation of the inter-connect for Campus monitoring. 12. The equipment supplier shall conduct the initial programming of the system and a complete rack/test of hardware panels prior to delivery to the installing '" contractor. 13. Provide copies of Operating & Maintenance manuals with the request for final inspection. O&M Manuals shall include the following: a. All of the information submitted in the shop drawings. b. As-built documentation which incorporates all modifications to the system, whether made as a field change or by a change order. C. Include a copy of the final test report, UL certificate and test contract. 14. Three 100% test are to preformed (Vendor, Vendor and Engineer, and Vendor/Engineer and Fire Department). Test areas will be coordinated with the Fire Department to determine initial layout will perform. 15. Signage and labels shall comply with MEC, NFPA 72, and local (NFD checklist) requirements. ELECTRICAL 16100- 10 .� Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 6. Light Switches, 3 Way - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton Cat. No. 12232, or equal. 7. Light Switches, 4 Way - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton Cat. No. 12242, or equal. 8. Switch and Pilot Light-20 amp, 120 volt, side and back wired, red handle, Leviton Cat. No. 1221 PLR, or equal. 9. Double pole switch - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton Cat. No. ON 12222, or equal. 10. Key operated switches shall be of the same grade and rating as specified for toggle switches. 11. Power receptacles shall be flush type, of NEMA configuration shown, with matching cord and cap, Leviton, or equal, as follows: a. Type"50" -50 amp, 125/250 volt, 3 pole, 4 wire, Leviton Cat. No. 279. b. Type"30" -30 amp, 125/250 volt, 3 pole, 4 wire, Leviton Cat. No. 278. 12. Drop Cord Receptacles (Quad Outlet) - Two duplex receptacles as specified above mounted in a pendant outlet box, Ericson Cat. No. 6030 with 26031 cover plates. 13. Occupancy sensors to be Watt Stopper passive infrared/ultrasonic DT 200 or equal. 14. Wall plates shall be smooth Type 302 satin finish stainless steel with matching screws. 2.7 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. Scope 1. Replace existing fire alarm control panel with analog/addressable fire detection system, include interface modules to feed existing zoned system in compliance with the specifications and drawings. The system shall interface to other building systems to conduct monitoring and control functions as described herein. 2. The fire alarm control panel shall be is a microprocessor based system and shall require the installation of a new annunciator panel as shown on the plans. New - peripheral devices shall be integrated to work with the existing system digital data communications. Add addressable loop cards as required. • 3. Each initiating device shall have full analog detection capabilities; will maintain operating characteristics stored in dedicated EEPROM memory, identify its' location, and shall operate as described elsewhere in these specifications. 4. Work in this section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the related contract documents. 5. All exceptions, variances and substitutions of operating capabilities or equipment called for in these specifications shall be listed in writing and forwarded to the Engineer at the time of bid. 6. Provide automatic and manual, closed circuit, multiplex fire alarm communications according to the contract documents, wired, connected and left in first class operating condition. "R 7. Final connections, testing, and adjusting of the system shall be done under the direct supervision of the system supplier. Provide NICET certified and factory trained technicians to demonstrate the system to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative, and make all additional adjustments to the system operation as required by the Owner's Representative. a. Provide a NICET certified technician factory trained on Simplex systems for proper operation and interconnect to Campus monitoring system. ELECTRICAL 16100-9 wo Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining ,,,,,, Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts F. Wire and cable for special systems shall be as specified in those specification sections. "' G. Wire and Cable to be by Cerro, Southwire, Triangle/PWC, or equal. 2.4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES on A. Outlet boxes and covers shall be galvanized or sheradized pressed steel unless otherwise noted or required by the Massachusetts Electrical Code, and shall be as required for their ,o use. B. Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to weather and wet locations shall be of the cast aluminum, threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and gasket. we C. Outlet boxes shall be of sizes and types to accommodate: so 1. structural conditions. 2. size and number of raceways and conductors or cables entering. 3. device of fixture for which required. 40 D. Boxes occurring at plastered surfaces shall have a suitable plaster ring installed. E. Where multiple devices are located at one point, gang type boxes shall be used. F. Pull and junction boxes,whether surface or flush, shall be galvanized code gauge. G. Pull boxes and wireways shall be standard NEMA-1 enclosures with cover plates and ., screws, bonderized paint finished. H. Pull and splice boxes not indicated on the Drawings shall be provided as required by the Massachusetts Electrical Codes. I. Outlet boxes and covers shall be as manufactured by Steel City electrical Company, General Electric Company, Raco, or approved equal. 2.5 NAMEPLATES A. Furnish and install nameplates identifying all apparatus, controls, panels and safety switches. The nameplates shall be Seton style 2060 engraved plastic, or equal, screw attached. Submit schedule of nameplate lettering for approval. 2.6 WIRING DEVICES A. The Electrical Contractor shall install devices where shown on the plans. Where two or more devices occur at one location, they shall be provided with a gang plate. All unused boxes to be furnished with blank plates. 1. Duplex Receptacles-20 amp, 125 volt with grounding screw, side and back wired. To be Leviton Cat. No. 53521, or equal. 2. Ground fault interrupting receptacles shall be Leviton Cat. No. 6898HG1, or equal. 3. Weatherproof cover for receptacles shall be lockable, vertical, UL Listed, with Lexan base and lid, 4 screw attachment, Tay Mac Cat. No. 20350, or equal. 4. Duplex receptacles, isolated ground - 20 A, 125 V, side and back wired, Leviton Cat. No. 53621G, or equal. 5. Light Switches, Single Pole - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton Cat. No. 12212, or equal. ,�► ELECTRICAL 16100-8 A Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Division 1. PART 2—MATERIALS 2.1 RACEWAYS A. Rigid galvanized steel or intermediate steel conduit shall be used for all raceway runs concealed in concrete, run under slabs, run in trenches or pits, exposed below 6' above floor, and for service entrance conductor sweeps. Conduit shall comply with the latest applicable Federal Specifications. B. Electrical metallic tubing may be used for all raceways run in walls or partitions, run exposed inside the building, or run concealed in or above furred spaces unless otherwise specified above. Electrical metallic tubing shall comply with the latest applicable requirements of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Couplings, connectors, and fittings for electrical metallic tubing shall be of steel construction, set screw type. C. Raceways for site communications and site power and light shall be Schedule 40 PVC with �* solvent welded fittings, or Type EB where shown to be encased in concrete. Use steel sweeps on conduit 3"and larger. D. Flexible Steel Conduit shall be used for final connections to motors or other removable equipment to facilitate removal and connections. 2.2 WIREWAYS A. Wireways shall be made to accommodate conductors as required in accordance with applicable rules of the Massachusetts Electrical Code. To be of code gauge steel and supported as required by Code. Wireways shall be furnished and installed complete with the '1p necessary complement of fittings, connectors, and accessory parts. Wireways shall be of the"lay-in" type with standard knockouts and with screw covers for full channel access. All sheet metal parts shall be coated with a rust inhibitor and finished in grey baked enamel. All hardware shall be plated to prevent corrosion. B. Single Channel surface raceways shall be manufactured by Wiremold. Use Wiremold AL2000 series aluminum surface raceway base, cover, and associated fittings. Raceway is to be installed in locations as shown on the plans. Coordinate with architectural plans for required mounting heights for wireway installation. Receptacles for use with the raceway system shall be AL2043 In-Line Receptacles, install where shown. 2.3 CONDUCTORS A. Conductors shall be 98% conductivity copper, with 600 volt insulation, and shall be of types indicated below unless otherwise shown on the plans. Aluminum conductors shall not be used. B. Conductors#10 AWG and smaller, Type THWN, solid. C. Conductors#4 AWG through#8 AWG,Type THWN, stranded. D. Conductors#3 AWG and larger,Type THW, stranded. E. Branch circuit wiring located above lay in tile ceilings or fished in stud partitions may be Type MC cable; single and multi-circuit home runs shall be raceway and wire as specified. ELECTRICAL 16100-7 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts C. The manual shall include the following information: 1 Description of systems. 2. Description of start up, operation, and shutdown procedures for each item of equipment. 3. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of equipment. 4. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each item of equipment. 5. Panel schedules 6. List of recommended spare parts. 7. Copies of all service contracts. 8. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Contractors as well as the local representative for each item of equipment. 1.16 GUARANTEE A. The Electrical Contractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all parts for a period of one (1) year after date of final acceptance, and shall agree to promptly + repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective during this period. B. The Electrical Contractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be considered as being defective. 1.17 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes required for the installation of electrical apparatus in the building, shall be performed by the General Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural supports (ie. beams or joists) is not allowed without written approval by the Architect. Location for openings, etc. shall be checked by the Electrical Contractor, and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other divisions shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. B. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for conduit and equipment where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly located. The Electrical Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers. C. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by the General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen. D. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner. E. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Electrical Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. 1.18 RECORD DRAWINGS ELECTRICAL 16100-6 .. Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Contract requirements. PIP B. The Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called for or reasonably implied in both. C. The Electrical Contractor shall not scale the Drawings. D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories that may be required. The Electrical Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost. 1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building site when required, so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. 1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his Contract shall be provided by the individual Contractor. B. The Electrical Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets,etc. C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be removed by the individual Contractor. 1.14 WORK CONCEALED A. All piping, duct work, cable, and raceway shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms. B. Exposed runs shall be run straight and level, parallel or perpendicular to the lines of the building. 1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper Owner's representative in all details of operation for equipment installed. Supply qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures. B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words, "Operation and Maintenance Manual", the name and location of the equipment or the building, the name of the Contractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each Section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read,with large sheets of Drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an +u� approved equivalent. ELECTRICAL 16100-5 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining go Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance No with the General Requirements. 1.6 PRODUCTS OR A. With the exception of items specifically noted other-wise, all materials used shall be U.S. made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same no brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment. Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled. wr 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Electrical Contractor shall submit to the ON Architect six(6)sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers'data sheets, or Shop Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished. B. The Electrical Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance with the ON Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review, making any and all changes which may be required. C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Electrical Contractor from go any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with the Contractor. D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the Specifications, the Electrical Contractor will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Architect. 1.8 PERMITS, FEES,AND INSPECTIONS A. The Electrical Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work. B. The Electrical Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work. 1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in Division 1. 1.10 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER A. The General Contractor will furnish and install temporary light and power as specified in Division 1. 1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Electrical Contractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are intended to ■. ELECTRICAL 16100-4 ,� Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Contractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after construction work begins. C. The Electrical Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Contractors' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the Electrical Contractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Electrical Contractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question. D. The Electrical Contractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information. The Electrical Contractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the Electrical Contractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure. E. The arrangement of all piping, duct work, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The Electrical Contractor shall lay out all his work and be responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements. 4, F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the Electrical Contractor installing such items. G. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable means. H. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner. I. Before submitting his bid, the Electrical Contractor shall visit the site with the Drawings and Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting his work since the Electrical Contractor will be held responsible for any assumption he may make in regard thereto. J. The Electrical Contractor shall check the Architectural Plans and Specifications before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements, except that substitutions will only be considered for items where the words, "or equal" appear in product specifications and as approved by the Architect and Owner. B. The Electrical Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a ELECTRICAL 16100-3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining so Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 16100 -ELECTRICAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and applicable parts of Division 1, as part of this Section. ..� B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all electrical work specified herein and/or indicated *� on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Upgrades to Fire Alarm system 2. Branch Circuit Wiring and Conduit. 3. Wiring devices and plates. 4. Power wiring to motors and equipment furnished by other trades or Owner including final connections to equipment. ., 5. Interface system with Campus fire alarm load. 6. Lighting fixtures. 7. Siesmic. 8. Telecommunications system upgrades. 9. Feeders 10. New Panelboards 1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Massachusetts Electrical Code, and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise. B. The Electrical Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Electrical Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. B. The Electrical Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the Electrical ELECTRICAL 16100-2 ,� Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts INDEX SECTION 16100 -ELECTRICAL PART 1 -GENERAL PART 3-INSTALLATION 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK 3.2 GROUNDING 1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS 3.3 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS 1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ± !! 1.6 PRODUCTS 3.6 TESTING 1.7 SUBMITTALS 3.7 FIRE SAFING 1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS 1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS 1.10 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER 1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING 1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 1.14 WORK CONCEALED 1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 1.16 GUARANTEE 1.17 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.18 RECORD DRAWINGS PART 2-MATERIALS 2.1 RACEWAYS 2.2 WIREWAYS 2.3 CONDUCTORS 2.4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES 2.5 NAMEPLATES 2.6 WIRING DEVICES 2.7 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 2.8 LIGHTING FIXTURES 2.9 MOTOR STARTERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 2.10 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS 2.11 PANEL BOARDS 2.12 TELECOM UNICATIONS SYSTEM 2.13 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL ELECTRICAL 16100- 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids. Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where necessary. 2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with sealing compound. END OF SECTION .w .w w u� PLUMBING 15400-16 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining ' Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts A. Flush out entire system. B. Introduce chlorine or solution of calcium hypochlorite or sodium hypochlorite. Fill lines slowly and apply agent at rate which will produce 50 parts per million of chloride as determined by residual chlorine tests at end of lines. Open and close valves and hydrants while system is being chlorinated. C. After twenty-four (24) hours, test for residual chlorine. If more than 5 ppm are present, flush out system until all traces are removed. D. After disinfection, flush treated water from system through its extremities. Continue flushing until samples of water are satisfactory to local authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat flushing if samples taken daily over next three (3) days indicate that quality of water is not being maintained. Do not draw samples from hydrants and undisinfected hose. E. Submit test results to Owner. 3.10 FIRE SAFING u A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work including, but not limited to the following: 1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers. 2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers. 3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural w Drawings. 4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen, machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving rooms. B. Safing Insulation 1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc. or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors. C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire safing. D. Preparation 1. At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetrations for pipes. " E. Application PLUMBING 15400-15 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts General Contractor. C. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, will be performed by the General Contractor. 3.4 INSULATION A. Insulation shall be applied by an independent Insulation Contractor regularly engaged in that business. B. Insulation shall not be omitted on piping in walls. Covering shall be applied before masonry proceeds. C. Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all joints butted firmly together and sealed. 3.5 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS A. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and set all sleeves required. All water piping passing through masonry walls shall be provided with standard weight steel pipe, or Schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeves, inside diameter to be slightly larger than pipe passing through same. Center pipe in sleeve. B. Provide chromium plated escutcheons where pipes pass through walls. 3.6 INSPECTION AND TESTS A. Tests for Plumbing Systems: Soil, waste, vent and water piping shall be tested by the Plumbing Contractor and approved before acceptance. Underground piping shall be tested prior to backfilling. Equipment required for tests shall be furnished by the Plumbing Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. All tests shall be witnessed and approved by the Local Plumbing Inspector, and shall be performed as required by the Plumbing Code. 3.7 CLEANING UP A. After all the fixtures have been set and ready for use, and before leaving the job, thoroughly clean all fixtures installed under this Contract, removing all plaster, stickers, rust stains, and any foreign matter or discoloration of fixtures, leaving every part in perfect condition and ready for use. 3.8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings w. or not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by the Plumbing Contractor and be included in his Bid. 3.9 DISINFECTION PLUMBING 15400-14 ... Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts F. All certificates of approval and test results shall be sent to the Architect. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 SOIL, WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING A. Installation: 1. Drainage and Vent Pipes: Horizontal soil, rain leaders and waste pipes shall have a minimum grade of 1/4" per foot for piping 3" and less and 1/8" per foot for piping larger than 3". Horizontal waste lines receiving the discharge from two or more fixtures shall be provided with end vents unless separate venting of fixtures is noted. 2. Fittings: Changes in pipe size on soil, waste, and drain lines shall be made with reducing fittings. Changes in direction shall be made by the appropri- ate use of 450 wyes, long or short sweep 1/4 bends, 1/6, 1/8, or 1/16 bends, or by a combination of those or equivalent fittings. Single and double sanitary tees and 114 bends may be used in drainage lines only where the direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. 3. Union Connections: Slip joints will be permitted only in trap seals or on the inlet side of the traps. Use of bushings will not be permitted. B. Joints: Installation of pipe and fittings shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Mitering of joints for elbows and notching of straight runs of pipe for tees will not be permitted. Threaded joints shall have American National taper pipe threads conforming to National Bureau of Standards Handbook H28, with graphite or inert filler and oil, with an approved graphite compound, or with polytetrafluorethylene tape applied to the male threads. 3.2 WATER PIPE FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS A. Mains, Branches and Runoffs: Piping shall be installed as indicated. Pipe shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the building by the Plumbing Contractor and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. Care shall be taken not to weaken structural portions of the building. Above ground piping shall be run parallel with the lines of the building unless otherwise indicated. Branch pipes from service lines may be taken from top, bottom or side of main, using such crossover fittings as may be required by structural or installation conditions. Supply pipes, valves and fittings shall be kept a sufficient distance from other work and other services to permit not less than 1/2" between finished covering on the different services. B. Expansion and Contraction of Pipe: Allowance shall be made throughout for expansion and contraction of pipe. 3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of plumbing shall be performed by the Plumbing Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. B. Cutting of openings larger than those that can be drilled will be performed by the PLUMBING 15400-13 N. Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College we Northampton, Massachusetts 1. Check valves shall be furnished and installed where indicated on the ., Drawings. Checks up to 2" shall be Class 125. Solder ends, body and caps shall be ASTM B62 cast bronze composition, swing type disc, Stockham Figure B-309. 2. Check valves 2-1/2" and larger shall be iron body, bronze mounted with body and cap conforming to ASTM A126, Class B cast iron, flanged, swing type disc, Stockham Figure G-931. 3. Check valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham, Jenkins, Lunkenheimer, or equal. E. Vacuum relief valves shall be Watts Model 36A-3/4". F. Globe valves shall be as manufactured by Hammond IB-418 or 16-440. G. Furnish and install, where indicated on the Drawings, Ametek/U.S. Gauge Co.'s Figure P500, 2"diameter, 0 lb. to 100 lbs. 2.3 HANGERS A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Company, Carpenter & Paterson, Fee&Mason, or equal. B. For cast iron pipe- Grinnell Fig. 260, one to each length of cast iron pipe; at twelve foot(12')intervals for threaded piping. C. For hot, cold, and return water piping - Grinnell Fig. 70 at six foot (6) intervals for copper tubing 1-1/4" or less; ten foot (10') intervals for piping at 1-1/2" and larger. Install Fig. 167 insulation shield between hanger and insulation; hangers to be in- stalled outside the insulation. Hangers for gas piping shall be installed at eight foot (8') intervals. D. Hangers or supports shall be placed within one foot (1') of each horizontal elbow. Vertical runs of pipe not over five feet (6) in length shall be supported on hangers placed not over 1/2"from the elbow on the connecting horizontal run. 2.4 CLEANOUTS A. Where cleanouts occur in finished floors throughout the building, they shall be Zurn ZN-1405-2, nickel-bronze for concrete finish floor; Zurn ZN-1405-7 nickel-bronze recessed for resilient floors; Zurn ZN-1405-7 for ceramic tile floors; ZN-1405-14 for carpeted floors; or equal by J. R. Smith or Wade. 2.5 INSULATION A. All water piping shall be insulated with Armaflex closed cell pipe insulation with vapor *� tight seal, 1" thick for hot water and return hot water, 1/2" thick for cold water. Insulation shall be one piece snap-on type. All exposed piping within 10'-0" of finished floor in finished areas shall be insulated as noted above and shall be fully jacketed with a PVC cover. B. Fittings shall be insulated with mitered cut insulation applied over fittings with joints taped. Cold water piping shall also have mastic applied to all overlapping surfaces PLUMBING 15400-10 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. All soil, waste, and vent piping in accessible areas 2-1/2" and larger, shall be cast iron "no hub", ASA Group 022 pipe and fittings, joined with cast iron clamps as manufactured by "Clamp-All". No substitutions will be allowed. All soil, waste, and vent below slab shall be service weight, cast iron pipe with oakum and lead, sealed gas and watertight. In lieu of lead and oakum joint piping, below slab may be service weight with push-on rubber rings. B. In lieu of cast iron piping, pipe sizes 3" and smaller shall be Type "L" copper pipe with solder fittings. C. All waste lines 2"and smaller shall be Type"L"copper. All vent lines 2"and smaller shall be type"M"copper. D. All hot, cold and re-circulating hot water piping within the building shall be hard copper Type "L" seamless drawn tubing, assembled with sweat fittings. All solders used shall be lead free, cadmium free, "Silverbrite-100", or equal, complying with the latest issue of ANSI A-5.8 publications. All exposed runs to all toilet fixtures and sinks shall be chrome plated. All below slab trap primer feed piping shall be Type "K"soft rolled with silver solder joints. 2.2 BALL VALVES A. On water lines inside the building, ball valves shall be as manufactured by Watts Series 86001 with stainless steel balls. No substitutions will be allowed. Valves shall be provided with stainless steel ball, reinforced teflon seats and seals, bronze body, 400 psi wog, positive 100% shut-off. All valves to be furnished with valve handle extension sized to match pipe insulation thickness. B. Drain valves at all low points shall be 1/2" or 3/4" solder by 3/4" hose end with attached cap and chain. C. Gate Valves: 1. Where indicated on the Drawings, all gate valves 4" and larger, shall be Class 125 iron body bronze mounted with body and bonnet conforming to 200 psi wog non-shock cast iron, flanged ends, with Teflon packing, two- piece packing gland assembly„ Hammond Figure 1R1138, Stockman, or equal. 2. Valves 3"and smaller where indicated on the Drawings shall be Class 125. Body and bonnets shall be of ASTM B62 cast bronze composition, solid disc, copper silicone alloy stem, brass packing gland, Teflon packing, and malleable handwheel, solder end, Stockham Figure B-104, Hammond 1 R1138,or equal. 3. Valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham, Hammond,American Valve, or equal. D. Check Valves PLUMBING 15400-9 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts E. Wall Hydrant(floor-mounted)(WH-1) 1. Wade Model 8600MT, 175 with mounting box, cover, and integral backflow preventor. 2.9 DEMOLITION A. Removal of all obsolete fixtures, drains, piping, etc., not to be re-used shall be removed by this Contractor and shall become the property of the Owner. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for delivering and/or properly disposing of all obsolete equipment to such places as designated by the Owner. 2.10 TRAP PRIMER A. Furnish and install all brass automatic trap primers for all floor drains and floor sinks. Primer shall include automatic pressure activated brass valve with vacuum breaker, and copper duplex manifold distribution reservoir. Valve shall conform with A.S.S.E. Standard 1018. B. Valve shall be Precision Plumbing Products, Inc., or equal. 2.11 VACUUM BREAKERS A. Furnish and install vacuum breakers as manufactured by Watts or approved equal. B. Type"A"-pressure type to be Watts Model 800 QT with test cocks and ball valves. C. Type "B" - atmospheric type, Model 288A chrome plated, when supply is not under constant pressure. 2.12 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Furnish and install the backflow preventers, as scheduled on the Drawings and as manufactured by Watts Regulator: B. This Subcontractor shall provide a spare parts repair kit for each 909 reduced pressure backflow preventer,to consist of a repair kit for the first check, second check, ,■, and relief valve. C. All backflow preventers shall be approved by the Massachusetts State Plumbing Examiners and shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions, and in accordance with Regulation 310CMR 22.22. D. Units shall be Watts Regulator Co., Febco, Division of CMB, Ind., Hersey Products, Inc., or equal. E. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall file and prepare all applications for backflow preventer approval with the Department of Environmental Protection, and pay all fees and charges. PLUMBING 15400-12 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining " Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts to form a vapor barrier. C. Insulation and fitting jackets shall be installed according to the manufacturer's PW recommendations. Any gaps or fishmouths shall be remade. D. Install a twelve (12") inch length of wood blocking at each hanger; insulation shall run continuous through the hanger. Jacket shall match adjacent insulation jacket. 2.6 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS A. Where indicated on the Drawings and as needed for shock-free operation, furnish and install Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. SC-Series type shock absorbers, sizes as shown on Drawings, or as required. No substitutions will be allowed 2.7 ACCESS PANELS A. Access panel doors for all concealed inaccessible valves, balancing fittings, or ! � cleanouts in masonry walls, plastered or gypsum wallboard walls or ceilings, shall be furnished by the Plumbing Contractor and installed by tradesmen of wall or ceiling finish. Access panels in plastered ceilings shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12" x 12" min.); in walls, shall be Karp type DSC-214M "Universal' (12"x 12"); for drywall ceilings, shall be Karp Sesame Slim Trim Access Hatches, Type KSTDW/CAD (12" x 12"min.)with screw driver type lock. to B. Access panels shall be Karp Associates, Inc., Inryco, Inc., Milcor Division, Birmingham Ornamental Iron, or equal. 2.8 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE TRIMMINGS A. General Requirements: Reference made herein to numbers of plumbing fixtures to establish type and quality of materials. Angle stops, straight stops, stops integral with the faucets, or concealed type of lock shield, loose key pattern stops for supplies shall be furnished and installed with fixtures. Exposed traps and supply pipes for all fixtures and equipment shall be chrome plated and connected to the rough piping systems at the wall. Wall escutcheons shall be chromium plated or nickel plated brass with polished, bright surfaces. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish all supports, brackets, bolts, etc. for proper installation of all fixtures requiring support. They shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and, if necessary, shall be built into place as the building progresses. This Contractor shall be held responsible for the stability and proper support of all plumbing fixtures. C. Floor Sink(FS-1) 1. Wade Model No. 9012 with sediment bucket. 2. With Precision Plumbing Trap Primer. D. Floor Drain (FD-1) 1. Wade Model 1103STD6 with type VD strainer with hinged cover. "" 2. With Precision Plumbing Trap Primer. PLUMBING 15400-11 4W Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Project Closeout, Section 01700. 1.18 CO-ORDINATION OF TRADES A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall give full cooperation to the Subcontractors of other trades, and shall furnish any information necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with least possible interference or delay. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall cooperate with the other sub trades in preparing a complete set of co-ordination drawings. All co-ordination drawings for the plumbing work shall be prepared by this Subcontractor on backgrounds prepared by the HVAC Contractor. B. In areas where conflicts may occur, if so directed by the Architect, this Subcontractor shall prepare composite sketches, at a suitable scale, not less than %<"=1', clearly showing how his work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades. C. Piping and other equipment shall not be installed in congested and possible problem areas by this Subcontractor without first coordinating the installation of same with other trades and the Architect. This Subcontractor, at his own expense, shall relocate all uncoordinated piping and other equipment installed should they interfere with the proper installation and mounting of electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, hung ceilings, and other structural finishes by the other trades. e� D. This Subcontractor shall co-ordinate the elevations of all piping and equipment in hung ceilings for the installation of recessed lighting fixtures, duct boxes, etc. Conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Architect for a decision before piping and/or .w equipment of other trades is installed. E. In areas where, due to construction conditions, more than one trade is required to use common openings in chases, shafts and sleeves for the passage of conduits, raceways, piping, ductwork and other materials, this Subcontractor must plan and locate the positions of equipment to be furnished under this Section so that all items including piping and/or equipment of other trades may be accommodated within the space available. Location and positioning shall be done prior to installation of same and to the satisfaction of the Architect. F. This Subcontractor, before installing his work, shall see that it does not interfere with the clearances required for finished columns, pilasters, partitions or walls, as shown on the Contract,Architectural, or Structural Drawings showing foundations, floor plans, roof plans, and details. G. Piping work that is installed under this Contract which interferes with the architectural design or building structure, shall be changed as directed by the Architect, and all +*+ costs incidental to such changes shall be paid by this Subcontractor at no additional cost to the Owner. PLUMBING 15400-8 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts PM them from freezing. 1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper Owner's representative in all details of operation of equipment installed. Supply qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures. This Subcontractor shall video tape the instruction procedures an deliver two(2)copies of the tape with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words, "Operation and Maintenance Manual", the name and location of the equipment or the building, the name of the Subcontractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent. C. The Manual shall include the following information: 1. Description of systems. 2. Description of start-up, operation, and shutdown. 3. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of equipment. 4. Lubrication chart. 5. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each item of equipment. 6. Valve chart. 7. List of recommended spare parts. 8. Copies of all service contracts. 9. Performance curves for pumps, etc. 10. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Subcontractors as well as the local representative for each item of equipment. 1.16 GUARANTEE A. The Plumbing Contractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all parts for a period of one (1) year after the date of final acceptance, and shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective during this period. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be considered as being defective. 1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS PLUMBING 15400-7 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc. C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be removed by the Plumbing Contractor. 1.12 PROTECTION A. The Plumbing Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his work and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made good without expense to the Owner. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of all his materials until the building is accepted by the Owner. 1.13 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4" in diameter or smaller, required for the installation of plumbing in the building, shall be performed by the Plumbing Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural supports (i.e. beams or joists) is not allowed without written approval by the Architect. Location for openings, etc. shall be checked by the Plumbing Contractor, .� and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other divisions shall be the responsi- bility of the Plumbing Contractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. B. All holes larger than 4"in diameter shall be provided by the General Contractor. C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new walls and cabinets are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly located. The Plumbing Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers. D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by the General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen. �• E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner. F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Plumbing Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. 1.14 WORK CONCEALED A. All piping, hangers and supports shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms. B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an exterior *` exposure above grade, unless specifically so shown on the Drawings. When pipes are indicated to be installed in exterior walls, the Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that wall and pipe insulation is properly installed to protect PLUMBING 15400-6 .. on Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts A. The Plumbing Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work. 1.9 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Plumbing Contractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Contract requirements. B. The Specifications complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called for or reasonably implied in both. C. The Plumbing Contractor shall not scale the Drawings. D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, op fittings and accessories that may be required. The Plumbing Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Delivery: The Plumbing subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building site when required so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. All deliver; and storage must be co-ordianted with the Smith College Physical Plant Department The Plumbing Contractor shall take delivery of all pre-purchased plumbing fixtures and equipment, and shall be responsible for the proper handling, storage, and W protection of these materials from that point on. Any damage or loss of these materials after delivery shall be the responsibility of this Contractor. B. Storage and Handling: The Plumbing Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his work and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made good without expense to the Owner. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of all his materials until the building is accepted by the Owner. 1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his Contract shall be provided by the Plumbing Contractor. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain t PLUMBING 15400-5 w. Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College '" Northampton, Massachusetts installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner. I. The Plumbing Contractor shall check all of the Architectural Plans and Specifications before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements, except that substitutions will only be considered for items where the words, "or equal" appear in the product specification, and as approved by the Architect and Owner. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the General Requirements. 1.6 PRODUCTS A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials used shall be U.S. made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturer for each class of material or equipment. Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Plumbing Contractor shall submit to the Architect six (6) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, or Shop " Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review, making any and all changes which may be required. C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Plumbing Contractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with the Plumbing Contractor. D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which we Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the Specifications, the Plumbing Contractor will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Architect. 1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS PLUMBING 15400-4 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining OR Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts B. The Plumbing Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Plumbing Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the Plumbing Contractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superinten- dent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after construction work begins. C. The Plumbing Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Subcontractors' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the Plumbing Contractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Plumbing Contractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question. D. The Plumbing Contractor shall co-ordinate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information. The Plumbing Contractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the Plumbing Contractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure. E. The arrangement of all piping, duct work, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The Plumbing Contractor shall lay out all his work and be responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements. F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the Subcontractor installing such items. G. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable means. H. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials PLUMBING 15400-3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College s. Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 15400-PLUMBING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and applicable parts of Division 1, as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements, which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all plumbing work specified herein and/or indicated on the Drawings, including, but not limited to,the following: 1. Sanitary waste and venting systems inside the building, connecting to drainage systems within the building. Furnish piping, traps, flanges, seals, cleanouts, fixtures, drains, and supports. 2. Cold water distribution systems. Furnish piping, fittings, insulation, supports and valves. w 3. Plumbing fixtures and supports. 4. Arrange for inspections and perform cleaning and testing. 5. Disconnecting and reconnecting cold water and waste piping for existing dining room equipment as required. 6. All final connections to all items of equipment furnished by others requiring water, drain, and waste connections. 7. The disconnecting and removal of all existing piping systems, fixtures, and equipment interfering with, or made obsolete by, new construction. All piping, fixtures, and equipment (i.e. copper and brass piping, fittings and valves, and controls)to be removed are the property of the Owner and shall be delivered to such places designated by the Owner. Removal from the site of all obsolete material after the Owner's review shall be by this Contractor. 1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the +� Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise. PLUMBING 15400-2 �. Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts INDEX SECTION 15400 -PLUMBING PART 1 -GENERAL PART 3-INSTALLATION 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 3.1 SOIL, WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK 3.2 WATER PIPE, FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS 1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS 3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.4 INSULATION 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.5 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS 1.6 PRODUCTS 3.6 INSPECTION AND TESTS 1.7 SUBMITTALS 3.7 CLEANING UP 1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS 3.8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION 1.9 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 3.9 DISINFECTION 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING 3.10 FIRE SAFING 1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 1.12 PROTECTION 1.13 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.14 WORK CONCEALED 1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 1.16 GUARANTEE 1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS 1.18 COORDINATION OF TRADES PART 2-MATERIALS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS 2.2 BALL VALVES 2.3 HANGERS 2.4 CLEANOUTS 2.5 INSULATION 2.6 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS 2.7 ACCESS PANELS 2.8 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE TRIMMINGS 2.9 DEMOLITION 2.10 TRAP PRIMER 2.11 VACUUM BREAKERS 2.12 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS go PLUMBING 15400-1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining so Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts and larger connections. E. Hangers and Supports: Comply with the requirements of NFPA 13 and NFPA 14. ±r� Hanger and support spacing and locations for piping joined with grooved mechanical couplings shall be in accordance with the grooved mechanical coupling manufacturer's written instructions for rigid systems. F. Make connections between underground and above ground piping using an approved transition piece strapped or fastened to prevent separation. G. Install sleeve at pipe penetrations in basement and foundation walls. Refer to Division 15 Section, "Basic Materials and Methods". H. Install test connections sized and located in accordance with NFPA 13 complete with shutoff valve. Test connections may also serve as drain pipes. I. Install pressure gauge on the riser or feed main at or near each test connection. Provide gauge with a connection not less than 1/4" and having a soft metal seated globe valve arranged for draining pipe between gauge and valve. Install gauges to permit removal and where they will not be subject to freezing. " J. Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI 81.20.1, tapered pipe, and valves as follows. K. Flanged Joints: Align flanged surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly to appropriate torque specified by the bolt manufacturer. Mechanical Grooved Joints: Cut or roll grooves on pipe ends dimensionally compatible with the couplings. L. End Treatment:After cutting pipe lengths, remove burrs and fins from pipe ends. 3.4 VALVE INSTALLATIONS A. General: Install fire protection specialty valves, fittings, and specialties in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions, NFPA 13 and 14, and the authority having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION > FIRE PROTECTION 15300-17 00 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 3.2 FIRE SAFING A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work including, but not limited to the following: 1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers, including all penetrations through existing plaster ceiling for the installation of Attic sprinklers. 2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers. 3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings. 4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen, and machine rooms. B. Safing Insulation 1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc. or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors. C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire safing. D. Preparation 1. At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetrations for pipes and perimeters. E. Application 1. Install approved fire sating insulation of proper size leaving no voids. Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where neces- sary. 2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with sealing compound. 3. Install fire safing around all pipe penetrations and sleeves passing through fire walls, ceilings, floors, etc. 3.3 INTERIOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install sprinkler piping to provide for system drainage in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Use approved fittings to make all changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. C. Install unions in pipes 2" and smaller adjacent to each valve. Unions are not required on flanged devices or in piping installations using grooved mechanical couplings. D. Install flanges or flange adapters on valves, apparatus, and equipment having 2-1/2 FIRE PROTECTION 15300-16 „ Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts E. Fire Protection Specialties 1. Provide fire protection specialties, UL listed, in accordance with the following listing. Products noted below are for type and quality. Provide heads by Viking or Reliable, per Owner's standards. Provide sizes and types, which mate and match piping and equipment connections. a. Upright sprinkler heads shall be Viking Corp., Model "M" standard upright sprinkler head, rough brass, or chrome finish where exposed to view. Temperature rating 165°F or as required by the insurance underwriter. b. Semi-recessed pendent sprinkler heads shall be Viking Model "M" chrome plated head with Type "F-1" recessed escutcheon, rated at 165°F unless otherwise noted; to be installed in all occupied spaces. C. Spare sprinklers shall be provided in one 12-head cabinet equal to Viking, Model A-1 cabinet. Each cabinet shall have an assortment of heads as used on the job and also an approved type sprinkler head wrench; mount cabinet in alarm check valve area. d. Head guards shall be equal to Central Model 1 for upright sprinklers in areas specified on drawings. e. Drain and test connections shall be equal to AGF Model 1000 with sight glass, and test orifice. f. Horizontal sidewall sprinkler heads shall be equal to Central Model "E" on g. Dry horizontal sidewall shall be equal to Central Model H-1, 1" NPT, 165°F. h. Dry pendent sprinkler shall be equal to Central Model A-1 recessed type with white cover, extended dry pendent, 1" NPT, 165°F. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 CLEANING AND TESTING A. Prior to connecting sprinkler risers for flushing, flush water feed mains, lead-in "! connections and control portions of sprinkler piping. After fire sprinkler-piping instal- lation has been completed and before piping is placed in service, flush entire sprinkler system, as required to remove foreign substances, under pressure as specified in ANSI/NFPA 13. Continue flushing until water is clear, and check to ensure that debris has not clogged sprinklers. B. After flushing system, test fire sprinkler piping hydrostatically, for period of 2 hours, at not less than 200 psi or at 50 psi in excess of maximum static pressure when maximum static pressure is in excess of 150 psi. Check system for leakage of joints. Measure hydrostatic pressure at low point of each system of zone being tested. Test dry-pipe hydrostatically except, in freezing conditions, test with air at pressures not less than 50 psi, for period of 2 hours. Check system for leakage. Leave differential dry-valve clappers open during test, to prevent damage. C. Repair or replace piping system as required to eliminate leakage in accordance with ANSI/NFPA standards for "little or no leakage", and retest as specified to demonstrate compliance. Do not use chemicals, stop-leak compounds, mastics, or other temporary repair methods. FIRE PROTECTION 15300-15 .. Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College *• Northampton, Massachusetts published product information. Select size of building attachments to suit hanger rods. a. Top Beam C-Clamps: MSS Type 19. b. Side Beam or Channel Clamps: MSS Type 20. C. C-Clamps: MSS Type 23. d. Side Beam Clamps: MSS Type 27. e. Malleable Beam Clamps: MSS Type 30. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hangers and supports of one of the following: B-Line Systems Inc. Carpenter and Patterson, Inc. Corner& Lada Co., Inc. Elcen Metal Products Co. Fee&Mason Mfg. Co. ITT Grinnell Corp. 5. Install building attachments at required locations on structural steel for proper piping support. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated on MSS SP-69. Install additional building attachments where support is required for additional concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. 6. Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building structure; comply with MSS SP-69. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. Install supports with maximum "*# spacing complying with MSS SP-69. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Do not use ■. wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from other piping. 7. Support sprinkler piping independently of other piping. 8. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units. 9. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide pipe slopes and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed to ANSI B31 Pressure Piping Codes are not exceeded. 10. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments. wu FIRE PROTECTION 15300-14 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/412007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts caulk with lead, on both sides. 2. Provide pipe escutcheons as specified herein with inside diameter closely fitting pipe outside diameter or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated. Select outside diameter of escutcheon to completely cover pipe sleeve and extension, if any. Furnish pipe escutcheons with nickel or chrome finish for occupied areas; prime paint finish for unoccupied areas. a. Pipe Escutcheons for all areas: Provide chrome plated sheet steel escutcheons, solid or split hinged. b. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pipe escutch- eons of one of the following: Chicago Specialty Mfg. Co. Producers Specialty&Mfg. Co. Sanitary-Dash Mfg. Co. C. Install pipe escutcheons on each pipe penetration through floors, walls, partitions, and ceilings where penetration is exposed to view; and on exterior of building. Secure escutcheon to pipe so escutcheon covers penetration hole, and is flush with adjoining surface. D. Supports, Anchors, and Seals 1. Provide factory-fabricated piping hangers and supports complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size. a. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers: MSS Type 1, for piping larger than 4". b. Adjustable Steel Band Hangers: MSS Type 7, for piping 4" and !? less. C. Two-Bolt Riser Clamps: MSS Type 8. 2. Provide factory-fabricated hanger-rod attachments complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit horizontal piping hangers and building attachments, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturers published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hanger-rod attachments to suit hanger rods. a. Steel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 13. b. Swivel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 15. C. Malleable Iron Sockets: MSS Type 16. d. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts: MSS Type 17. 3. Provide factory-fabricated building attachments complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following types listed, selected by Installer to suit building sub- strate conditions, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's FIRE PROTECTION 15300-13 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts occupied spaces, conceal piping from view, by locating in column enclosures, in hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings; do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as indicated. E. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not run piping through transformer vaults, Elevator Machine Room, and other electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures unless unavoidable. Install drip pan under piping that must be run through electrical spaces. Any piping intended to be run through electrical spaces shall be reviewed by the Architect prior to installation. F. Thread pipe in accordance with ANSI B2.1; cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Apply pipe joint compounder pipe joint tape (Teflon) where recommended by pipe/fitting manufacturer, on male threads at each joint and tighten joint to leave not more than 3 threads exposed. G. Flanged Joints: Match flanges within piping system, and at connections with valves and equipment. Clean flange faces and install gaskets. Tighten bolts to provide uniform compression of gaskets. H. Grooved Pipe Joints: Comply with fitting manufacturer's instructions for making grooves in pipe ends. Remove burrs and ream pipe ends. Assemble joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. I. Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for application of specified coatings(if any). J. Provide temporary equipment for testing, including pump and gages. Test each natural section of each piping system independently, but do not use piping system .. valves to isolate sections where test pressures exceed valve pressure rating. Fill each section with water and pressurize for indicated pressure and time. 1. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves of one of the following: a. Steel Pipe: Fabricate from schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe; remove burrs. ! b. Sleeve Seals: Provide sleeve seals for sleeves located in founda- tion walls below grade, or in exterior walls, caulked between sleeve and pipe. C. Install pipe sleeves of types indicated where piping passes through walls, floors, ceilings and roofs. Do not install sleeves through structural members of work, except as detailed on drawings, or as reviewed by Architect. Install sleeves so that piping will have free * movement in sleeve, including allowance for thermal expansion; but not less than 2 pipe sizes larger than piping run. Install length of sleeve equal to thickness of surface; except floor sleeves. Extend floor sleeves 1/4" above level floor finish, and 3/4" above floor finish sloped to drain. Provide temporary support of sleeves during placement of concrete and other work around sleeves, and provide temporary closure to prevent concrete and other materials , from entering sleeves. d. Sleeve Seals: Install in accordance with the following: Fill and pack annular space between sleeve and pipe with oakum, FIRE PROTECTION 15300-12 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Malleable Iron:ASTM A 47. Ductile Iron:ASTM A 536. (8) Flanges: Conform to Class 125 cast iron and Class 150 steel bolt hole alignment. Malleable Iron:ASTM 47. ' Ductile Iron:ASTM A 536. (9) Grooves: Conform to the following: Standard Steel: Square cut. Lightweight Steel: Roll grooved. (10) Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide grooved piping products of the following: ITT Grinnell Corp. Victaulic Co. B. Piping above ground and within the building shall conform to all requirements of NFPA 13 and shall be as follows: 1. Exposed sprinkler piping, subject to vandalism (stair halls and similar areas), shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe, welded, suitable for 175 psi. working water pressure. 2. All concealed piping and all exposed sprinkler piping in Mechanical Equipment Rooms 1-1/2" and smaller, shall be at the option of the Fire Protection Subcontractor, either Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with screwed fittings or standard weight galvanized steel roll grooved pipe with grooved fittings. 3. All exposed sprinkler piping, 1-1/2" and smaller, shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with screwed fittings. 4. Type "L" seamless drawn hard copper tubing with solder joint pressure fittings,where noted on the drawings. C. Install pipes and pipe fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently leak proof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. Install each run with minimum joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions for disassembly and maintenance/replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicat- ed) by use of reducing fittings. Align piping accurately at connections, within 1/16" misalignment tolerance. Comply with ANSI B31 Code for Pressure Piping. D. Locate piping runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally (pitched to drain)and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Orient horizontal runs parallel with walls and column lines. Locate runs as shown or described by dia- grams, details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run piping in shortest route which does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold piping close to walls, overhead construction, columns and other structural and permanent-enclosure elements of building. Wherever possible in finished and FIRE PROTECTION 15300-11 oft Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College oft Northampton, Massachusetts all valves corresponding to the tag numbers. The chart shall be framed under glass and hung in the Fire Protection Equipment Room where directed. Furnish two (2) extra copies of the chart to the Architect. + g. Furnish and install a laminated red phenolic plate with engraved white lettering for each zone control flow switch and isolation valve. Nameplates shall be located adjacent to all exposed and concealed valves, approximately 12"below finished ceiling. 2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Interior Piping 1. Galvanized Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, A 106 or A 120: except comply with ASTM A 53 or A 106 where close coiling or bending is required. a. Pipe Weight: Schedule 40 for all piping 2 '/2" and smaller, pipes 3" and larger may be schedule 10. b. Fittings: Class 125, cast-iron threaded, ANSI B16.4, or flanged, ANSI 816.1. C. Fittings: Mechanical grooved pipe couplings and fittings; cut- groove type for piping 2-1/2"and larger only. (1) Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe:ASTM A 135. (2) Pipe Weight: Schedule 10 for 5" and smaller; 0.134" wall thickness for 6". (3) Fittings: Mechanical grooved pipe couplings and fittings; roll-groove or mechanical locking type. d. Grooved Piping Products(for use on pipes 2-1/2"and larger) (1) Coupling Housings: Malleable iron conforming to ASTM A 47. (2) Coupling Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536. (3) Coupling Housings Description: Grooved mechanical type, which engages grooved or shouldered pipe ends, encasing an elastomeric gasket which bridges pipe ends to create seal. Cast in two or more parts, secure together during assembly with nuts and bolts. Permit degree of contraction and expansion as specified in manufacturer's latest published literature. (4) Gaskets: Mechanical grooved coupling design, pressure responsive so that internal pressure serves to increase seal's tightness, constructed of elastomers having proper- ties as designated by ASTM D 2000. (5) Bolts and Nuts: Heat-treated carbon steel, ASTM A 183, minimum tensile 110,000-psi. (6) Branch Stub-Ins: Upper housing with full locating collar for rigid positioning engaging machine-cut hole in pipe, encas- ing elastomeric gasket conforming to pipe outside diameter around hole, and lower housing with positioning lugs, secured together during assembly with nuts and bolts. (7) Fittings: Grooved or shouldered end design to accept grooved mechanical couplings. FIRE PROTECTION 15300-10 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 7. Piping work that is installed under this Contract which interferes with the architectural design or building structure, shall be changed as directed by the Architect, and all costs incidental to such changes shall be paid by this Subcontractor at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2-MATERIALS 2.1 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with instal- lation requirements. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials, which match pipe materials used in fire protection piping systems. Where more than one type of material or product is in- dicated, selection is Installer's option. B. Basic Identification 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide mechanical identification materials of one of the following: Allen Systems, Inc. Brady(W. H.)Co; Signmark Div. Industrial Safety Supply Co., Inc. Seton Name Plate Corp. 2. Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass valve tags with printed enamel !!' lettering, with piping system abbreviation in approximately 3/16" high letters and sequenced valve numbers approximately 3/8" high, and with 5/32" hole for fastener. Provide tags on all valves and control devices. a. Provide 1-1/8"sq. brass tags with black lettering. b. Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S-hooks of the sizes required for pro- per attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. C. Submit valve schedule for piping system, typewritten and reproduced on 8-1/2" x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves, which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of schedule. In addition to mounted copies, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals as specified in Division 1. d. For each page of valve schedule, provide glazed display frame, with screws for removable mounting on masonry walls. Provide frames of finished hardwood or extruded aluminum, with SSB-grade sheet glass. e. Mount valve schedule frames and schedules in rooms where indicated or, if not otherwise indicated,where directed by Architect. f. Furnish complete chart and flow diagram of entire system listing the valve number, fluid controlled, and zone reference location for ,� FIRE PROTECTION 15300-9 .. Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Ar- chitect. C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be considered as being defective. 1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS wo A. Refer to Division 1 for Record Drawings. B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the Contract Drawings whether by change order or by field conditions. Principal dimensions shall be indicated of concealed work, fire protection lines, valves, and zone flow switches. All changes must be clearly marked with a bubble drawn around the area of work affected by the change. „ C. Co-ordination of Trades. 1. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall give full co-operation to the Subcontractors of other trades, and shall furnish any information necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with least possible interference or delay. 2. In areas where conflicts may occur, if so directed by the Architect, this Subcontractor shall prepare composite sketches at a suitable scale, not less than 1/4"= V-0", clearly showing how his work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades. 3. Piping and other equipment shall not be installed in congested and possible problem areas by this Subcontractor without first coordinating the installation of same with other trades and the Architect. This Subcontractor, at his own expense, shall relocate all uncoordinated piping and other equipment installed should they interfere with the proper installation and mounting of electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, hung ceilings, and other structural finishes installed by other trades. ■* 4. This Subcontractor shall co-ordinate the elevations of all piping and equipment in hung ceilings for the installation of recessed lighting fixtures, duct boxes, etc. Conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Architect for a decision before the piping and/or equipment of other trades is installed. 5. In areas where, due to construction conditions, more than one trade is required to use common openings in chases, shafts and sleeves for the passage of conduits, raceways, piping, ductwork and other materials, this Subcontractor must plan and locate the positions of equipment to be fur- nished under this Section so that all items including piping and/or equipment of other trades may be accommodated within the space available. Location and positioning shall be done prior to installation of same and to the satisfaction of the Architect. 6. This Subcontractor, before installing his work, shall see that it does not �• interfere with the clearances required for finished columns, pilasters, partitions or walls, as shown on the Contract Architectural or Structural Drawings showing foundations, floor plans, roof plans, and details. FIRE PROTECTION 15300-8 ,,,� Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc. C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be MR removed by the individual Subcontractor. 1.14 WORK CONCEALED A. All piping shall be installed concealed except where noted otherwise. B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an exterior exposure above grade. 1.15 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper Owner's representative in all details of operation of equipment installed. Supply qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures. B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words, "Operation and Maintenance Manual", the name and location of the equipment or the building, the name of the Subcontractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent. ® C. The Manual shall include the following information: 1. Description of systems. 2. Description of start-up, operation, and shutdown. ! ! 3. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of equipment. 4. Lubrication chart. 5. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each item of equipment. 6. Valve chart. 7. List of recommended spare parts. PIP 8. Copies of all service contracts. 9. Performance curves for pumps, etc. 10. Lists of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Subcontractors as well as the local representative for each item of equipment. 1.16 GUARANTEE A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all parts for a period of one (1) year after the date of final acceptance, and shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective during this period. FIRE PROTECTION 15300-7 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College ** Northampton, Massachusetts 5. Submit certificate upon completion of fire protection piping work, which "" indicates that work has been tested in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 13, and also that system is operational, complete, and has no defects. 1.9 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work. B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work. me 1.10 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in Division 1. 1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his Bid. These documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Contract requirements. B. The Specifications and Plans are complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied in the Plans, and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called for or reasonably implied in both. C. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall not scale the drawings. D. Because of the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories that may be required. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no addi- tional cost. 1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING *!� A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and equipment to the building site when required, so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. 1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his Contract shall be provided by the Fire Protection Subcontractor. FIRE PROTECTION 15300-6 .�„ Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating wi apparatus shall be protected by suitable means. I. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner. J. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall check all of the Architectural Plans and Specifications and shall field verify all existing conditions before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work. 1.7 PRODUCTS A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials used shall be U.S. made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment. Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall submit to the Architect eight (8) sets of catalogue cuts or manufacturer's data go sheets, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished. B. Submit hydraulic calculations and scaled layout drawings for fire protection pipe and fittings including, but not necessarily limited to, pipe and tube sizes, locations, elevations and slopes of horizontal runs, wall and floor penetrations, and connections. Show interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate equipment. 1. Shop Drawings are subject to review and will require approval by Owner's Insurers Rating Organization (IRI Incorporated) and the Northampton Fire Department prior to submitting to the Architect for approval. 2. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall check the shop drawings thoroughly for compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review, making any and all changes, which may be required. 3. The review of shop drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Fire Protection Subcontractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsi- bility for errors in shop drawings shall remain with the individual Subcon- tractor. 4. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for W which shop drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the Specifications, the Fire Protection Subcontractor will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Architect. FIRE PROTECTION 15300-5 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts otherwise. " B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. Review proposed system with said officials prior to commencing work. 1.6 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the Fire Protection Subcontractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after construction work begins. C. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Subcontrac- tors' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the Fire Protection Subcontractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Fire Protection Subcontractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question. D. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the Fire Protection Subcontractor to give proper information, as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure. E. The arrangement of all piping, ductwork, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. F. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall lay out all his work and be responsible for •� the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements. In no case shall piping be installed laterally in thickness of slab or deck. G. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the Subcontractor installing such items. All piping shall be installed concealed in finished spaces. H. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of FIRE PROTECTION 153004 „�, Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts occupancy. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall prepare working drawings and hydraulic calculations per NFPA 13 and shall obtain Northampton Fire Department and the College's Insurance Underwriter approval prior to start of work. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall perform water flow tests or obtain water flow data in writing from local authority. Co-ordinate work of this Section with all trades to avoid interference with ductwork, HVAC and plumbing, piping, electrical work, structure, POP etc. Final sprinkler head locations shall be subject to Architect's approval. The number of heads and pipe sizes may be increased or reduced due to hydraulic calculations or the installation of revised heads, provided the revised heads are UL w, listed and F.M. approved and meet NFPA 13, Northampton Fire Department, and Insurance Underwriter's criteria. Additionally, all heads shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 recommendations. ! ' 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of fire protection piping systems products, of types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five(5)years. B. NFPA Code: Comply with ANSI/NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler System". C. FM Compliance: Comply with Factory Mutual"Approval Guide". D. FM Labels: Provide sprinkler products bearing FM approval labels. E. UL Labels: Provide fire sprinkler piping products, which have been approved and labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories. F. Local Fire Department/Marshall Regulations: Comply with governing regulations pertaining to fire sprinkler piping. Review proposed system with said officials prior to commencing work. G. Final installation of system is subject to approval by Owner's insurers rating organization and local Fire Department. H. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements, except that substitutions will only be considered for items where the words, "or equal"appear in the product specification. I. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the General Requirements. 1.5 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code PIP and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules FIRE PROTECTION 15300-3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, applicable parts of Division 1, and conditions of the Contract as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements, which affect work under this, Section whether or not, such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, appurtenances and services necessary for, and reasonably incidental to, the complete installation of all fire protection work specified herein and/or indicated on the drawings, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Revisions to the existing dry pipe fire protection sprinkler system. 2. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall furnish all labor and materials required for his own hoisting, rigging, and scaffolding during the entire course of the project. 3. Disconnect and remove all existing sprinkler heads and piping made obsolete by or interfering with new construction. 4. Submit plans and calculations to the College's Insurance Underwriter(St. Paul Travelers, One Town Square#76S, Hartford, CT 06183),Attn: Mr. David M. Gough, Telephone: 860-954-6171 for review and approval. B. Related work, to be performed under other sections of his Specification shall include the following: ®, 1. Cutting and patching. 1.3 SYSTEM DESIGN "' A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall perform a water flow test, and with this information, shall calculate pipe sizes and sprinkler head configuration and orifice sizes in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Sprinkler head and pipe run locations, as shown on the drawings, are to be interpreted as diagrammatic only. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall produce ■• a design based on actual available water pressure and submit it to the Architect for approval before beginning fabrication and installation. C. Design Criteria: Pipe sizing and sprinkler head layout shown on the drawings is provided to indicate a suggested pipe routing, zoning, and sprinkler head location, and shall not be used for estimating purposes. Location of piping and heads shall be co-ordinated with all other trades. Actual pipe sizing, types of heads, and layout shall be based on a hydraulically designed system in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13, the Northampton Fire Department, and the Insurance Underwriter. Locate of sprinkler heads, in relation to the ceiling and light hazard FIRE PROTECTION 15300-2 „� Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining w Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts INDEX SECTION 15300—FIRE PROTECTION PART 1 —GENERAL PART 3—INSTALLATION 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 3.1 CLEANING AND TESTING 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK 3.2 FIRE SAFINGS 1.3 SYSTEMS DESIGN 3.3 INTERIOR PIPING INSTALLATION 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.4 VALVE INSTALLATION 1.5 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS 3.5 FINAL CLOSEOUT 1.6 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 1.7 PRODUCTS 1.8 SUBMITTALS 1.9 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS 1.10 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS 1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING 1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 1.14 WORK CONCEALED 1.15 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1.16 GUARANTEE 1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS PART 2—MATERIALS 2.1 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS 2.2 PIPE, TUBE,AND FITTINGS SECTION 15300-FIRE PROTECTION PART 1 -GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION 15300-1 0 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 10520 -FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data. B. Fire Extinguishers: NFPA 10, listed and labeled for the type, rating, and classification of extinguisher. C. Installation as required per City of Northampton Fire Department Fire Prevention Checklist and Installation Guide. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS A. Portable Fire Extinguishers: 5 lb. ABC extinguisher under each double action pull station. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install brackets at heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights to comply with applicable regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION OR FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520- 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended for the material and texture required. !! ! J. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. K. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat to material to be painted or finished that has not been prime-coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. L. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with specified requirements. M. Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. 1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered e paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. N. Protection: Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. O. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. 1. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. END OF SECTION to PAINTING 09900-5 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts c) Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery. 4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop- coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council. a) Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire- brush, clean with solvents and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. F. Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's directions. 1. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required " during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using. 2. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. G. Application: Apply paint according to manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules. 2. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 3. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured. Sand " between applications where sanding is required to produce an even smooth surface. 4. Apply additional coats if undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. + 5. The term exposed surfaces includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures are in place. Extend coatings in these areas to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. 6. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. H. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable and before subsequent surface " deterioration. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried. I. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray or other applicators according to manufacturer's directions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the material applied. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. PAINTING 09900 -4 �, Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish the manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. D. Colors: Provide color selections made by the Architect from the manufacturer's full range of standard colors. PART III—EXECUTION 3.1 EXECUTION A. Examination: Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with requirements. Do not begin application until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Coordination: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of !!r the total systems for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. C. Preparation: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted, or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items, if necessary, to completely paint the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved. D. Cleaning: Clean substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. E. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to the manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare cementitious surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a) Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by the paint manufacturer. b) Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions. 3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a) Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. b) Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. PAINTING 09900-3 .. Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College so Northampton, Massachusetts G. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to those indicated for the Project that have resulted in a construction record of successful in-service performance. H. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. I. Field Samples: On wall surfaces and other exterior and interior components, duplicate .� finishes of prepared samples. Provide full-coat finish samples on at least 100 sq. ft. of surface. 1. Final acceptance of colors will be from job-applied samples. *� 2. The Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for each type of coating and substrate to be painted. Apply coatings in this room or surface according to the schedule or as specified. w� J. Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label with the product trade name manufacturer's instructions. "" K. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat OR and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. L. Project Conditions: Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces. M. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C). "R N. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 deg F (7 deg C) and 95 deg F (35 deg C). .� PARTII -PRODUCTS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. Benjamin Moore 2. Pratt& Lambert 3. Sherwin Williams B. Paint Materials, General: Provide block fillers, primers, finish coat materials, and related materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by the manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. C. Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best-quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. PAINTING 09900-2 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 09900 -PAINTING PART I—GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. This Section includes surface preparation, painting, and finishing of exposed interior and exterior items and surfaces. 1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified are in addition to shop-priming and surface treatments. B. Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in the schedules, except where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available. C. Painting is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual, or other code- required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. D. Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Product data for each paint system specified, including block fillers and primers. a) Provide the manufacturer's technical information including label analysis and instructions for handling, storage, and application of each material proposed for use. b) List each material and cross-reference the specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. c) Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). E. Samples for initial color selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts. After color selection, the Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated. F. Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate. Provide stepped samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. 1. Submit samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only: a) Painted Wood: Two 12-inch-square samples of each color and material on hardboard. b) Ferrous Metal: Two 4-inch-square samples of flat metal and two 8-inch-long samples of solid metal for each color and finish. PAINTING 09900- 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining W Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts A. All components shall have a Class A Flammability rating per ASTM E-84: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, with a Flame Spread of 25 or less and Smoke Developed of 450 or less PART 3—EXECUTION op 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install acoustical ceiling panels in locations indicated, edges level and in alignment with other panels. Comply with manufactures written instructions for installation of panels using type of mounting accessories indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by manufacture. 3.2 CLEANING A. After completion of installation of panels, remove dust and other foreign material according to manufactures written instructions. B. Remove surplus material, rubbish, and debris resulting from panel installation, on completion of the work, and leave areas of installation in a neat and clean condition. END OF SECTION ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS 09840-3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 2.1 WALL PANELS, GENERAL A. Acoustical ceiling panels shall be 2"thick—6.0-7.0 lb. per cubic foot high-density fine fibered fiberglass. Manufactures standard panel construction, wrapped with panel manufactures s standard full line of fabric. 1. Products a. AlphaSorb Wall Panels by Acoustical Solutions, Inc., 2852 East Parham Rd., Richmond, VA 23228, Ph. (800) 782-5742, Fax(804) 346-8808 b. S-2000 Acoustical Wall Panels by Sound Seal, 50 H.P. Almgren Drive, Agawam, MA 01001, Ph. (800) 569-1294, Fax(413) 789-2248, e-mail sales(cD-soundseal.com c. Kinetics Noise Control, 6300 Irelan Place, Dublin, OH 43017, Ph. (800) 959-1229, http://www.kineticsnoise.com d. Absorbor by RPG, Inc., 651-C Commerce Drive, Upper Marlboro, MD 20774, Ph. (301)249-0044, Fax(301)249-3912, e-mail: info rpginc.com, http://www.rpginc.com 2. Facing Material: Guilford of Maine FR 701 —Style 2100—100% polyester 3. Color: to be determined by architect from full range of manufacturer's colors 4. Panel Thickness: nominal 2"thick 5. Noise Reduction Coefficient: NRC 0.85 6. Panel Width: As indicted, up to 4 feet wide 7. Panel Length: As indicated, up to 10 feet long. 2.2 CONSTRUCTION A. The acoustical ceiling panel product shall be supplied in widths up to 4 feet wide and lengths up to 10 feet long. All edges will be fully wrapped with mounting as indicated. 2.3 MOUNTING A. Back-Mounting Accessories: Manufactures standard accessories for securely mounting panels, of type and size indicated and complying with the following requirements: 1. Z Clips: Two part metal clips designed to support weight of panels. One part mechanically attached to ceiling substrate according to manufactures standard pattern and other part fastened to back of panel. 2. Mount panels to allow for minimum 1/2" reveal or space between ceiling plane and top of acoustic panel. 2.4 ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE Sound Absorption: Per ASTM C—423 Sound Absorption Coefficient per Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz) 4W 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 NRC 0.14 0.27 0.80 1.11 1.14 1.14 0.85 2.5 FLAMMIBILITY RATING ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS 09840-2 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining ! ! Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 09840—ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section includes the following: 1. Acoustical Ceiling Panel 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for acoustical ceiling panels, including plans, elevations, sections, details and attachment to other work. B. Submittals: Furnish 4" x 6" sample, color chart showing all manufacture's full range of colors, texture and patterns available for each type of acoustical product specified. C. Product Test Report: From a qualified testing agency indicating wall panels comply with requirements. D. Qualification Data: For firms specified in "Quality Assurance"Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualification: Manufacture shall have a minimum of 5 years experience in production of specified products and shall furnish supporting documentation showing completed jobs of approximately the same size and scope. B. Fire Test Reports: Provide acoustical wall panels with the following surface- burning characteristics as per ASTM E 84. 1. Flame Spread: 25 or less 2. Smoke Developed: 450 or less C. Acoustical Test Report: Provide acoustical test report from a qualified testing agency indicating acoustical wall panels meets 0.85 NRC per ASTM C-423. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect Acoustical Ceiling Panels from excessive moisture when shipping, storing, and handling. Deliver in unopened skids and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not delivery material until all wet-work has been completed. PART 2—PRODUCTS ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS 09840 - 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts A. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Repair or replace damaged products prior to Substantial Completion. C. Keep all foot traffic off the floor for 12 hours. D. Keep furniture, fixtures, and rolling traffic off the floor for 48 hours E. Use plywood or other board when moving heavy objects across the floor. ! " F. Remove any adhesive residue with a clean white cloth dampened with mineral spirits. G. During first 6 days, lightly damp mop the floor as needed. Do not heavy clean the floor for 7 days. OR 3.04 FLOOR FINISH SET UP FOR NEWLY INSTALLED FLOORS A. Sweep or dust mop the floor to remove dirt and grit. B. Apply TOLI Heavy Duty Cleaner#3A at 5 oz per gallon of cool water. Wait 5-10 minutes. Scrub with a 175-rpm machine or auto scrubber. Use a Grit Scrub Brush or a Green pad. Use scrubbing pads for edges and corners. Never use a BLACK or a Build up removal pad on unfinished floors. Always wet the pad before use. C. Pick up solution with a wet-dry vacuum or auto scrubber making sure floor is dry and free of residue. D. Rinse floor with clean water. Add TOLI Neutralizer#36 at 1 to 2 ounces per gallon of rinse VM water. Repeat the rinse process as necessary to remove all haze and residue from the floor. E. Inspect scrubbed area. All areas should be uniformly dull. Repeat above steps for any areas that are not dull. F. All areas must be completely dry before applying any surface coatings. G. Apply one to two medium coats of TOLI Sealer#4. Allow each coat to fully dry before applying the next coat. H. Apply two medium coats of TOLI#5M Matte Finish. Finish drying time will vary greatly based on humidity. END OF SECTION RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09657-3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING A. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirements Section. *" B. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. C. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful environmental conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by the manufacturer. ' PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET VINYL FLOOR COVERING A. Manufacturer: TOLI International, a Division of CBC (America) Corp., 55 Mall Drive, Commack, NY 11725; Telephone: (800)446-5476; Technical Support: (888)TRY-TOLI; Fax: (631) 864-8151; E-mail: support@toli.com; website: www.toli.com. B. Substitutions: per Section 01300. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Mature Collection: 1. Classification: ASTM F1303, Type I, Grade 1, embossed, clear, semi-rigid PVC commercial grade wearlayer over photographic print film design. +�* 2. Size: 6 foot°—66 foot(1.8 °—20 m) rolls. 3. Gauge: 0.080 inch (2.03 mm). 4. Backing: ASTM F1303, Class B, 3-ply fused backing system consisting of fiberglass inner layer, PVC backing layer, with 45% recycled material, and polyester scrim backing. 5. Recovery from Long-Term Indentation (ASTM F970): 2500 psi (17,225 kPa). 6. Pass when tested in accordance with ASTM F1914. 7. Pattern and Color: As selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standard +• patterns and colors in the Mature Woods line. B. Latex Patching Compound: ASTM F710. C. Adhesive: TOLI 5050 or TOLI 900 as recommended by the manufacturer. PART III -EXECUTION ■" 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Compliance: Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins, `*4 product catalog installation instructions and product carton instructions for installation. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify that substrate conditions, which have been previously installed under other sections, are acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 PREPARATION w� RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09657-2 ,, W Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining ON Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 09657- RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING PART I -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Sheet vinyl floor coverings. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section 01300: Submittals. 2. Division 1 Section 01631: Substitutions. 3. Division 1 Section 01400: Quality Control. po 4. Division 6 Section 06100: Rough Carpentry. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E648 Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems PP Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. 2. ASTM E662 Standard Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials. 3. ASTM F710 Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring. 4. ASTM F970 Standard Test Method for Static Load Limit. 5. ASTM F1303 Standard Specification for Sheet Vinyl Floor Covering with Backing. PW 6. ASTM F1914 Standard Test Method for Short-Term Indentation and Residual Indentation of Resilient Floor Covering. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA 253 Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux for Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Energy Source. 2. NFPA 258 Research Test Method for Determining Smoke Generation of Solid Materials. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: 1. Fire Performance: a. Critical Radiant Flux(NFPA 253 or ASTM E648): Class 1 (0.45 watts per square centimeter or greater). b. Smoke Density (NFPA 258 or ASTM E662): 450 or less. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit listed submittals in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Submittal Section 01300. B. Product Data: Submit product data, including manufacturer's SPEC-DATA®sheet, for specified products. C. Samples: Submit selection and verification samples of finishes, colors and textures. PF RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09657 - 1 on Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 1014/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College no Northampton, Massachusetts an A. Install suspension system and panels in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and in compliance with ASTM C 636 and with the authorities having jurisdiction. B. Suspend main beam from overhead construction with hanger wires spaced 4-0 on center along the length of the main runner. Install hanger wires plumb and straight. C. Install wall moldings at intersection of suspended ceiling and vertical surfaces. Miter corners .. where wall moldings intersect or install corner caps. D. For reveal edge panels: Cut and reveal or rabbet edges of ceiling panels at border areas and vertical surfaces. E. Install acoustical panels in coordination with suspended system, with edges resting on flanges of main runner and cross tees. Cut and fit panels neatly against abutting surfaces. Support edges by wall moldings. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING as A. Replace damaged and broken panels. B. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension No members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. .. END OF SECTION a� ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09510-6 ,,� Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts steel) in baked polyester paint. Main beams and cross tees shall have rotary stitching (exception: extruded aluminum or stainless steel). 1. Structural Classification: ASTM C 635 Intermediate Duty. 2. Color: White and match the actual color of the selected ceiling tile, unless noted otherwise. 3. Acceptable Product: Suprafine 9/16" Exposed Tee as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries, Inc. B. High Humidity Finish: Comply with ASTM C 635 requirements for Coating Classification for Severe Environment Performance where high humidity finishes are indicated. 1. AL Prelude Plus by Armstrong World Industries, Inc. -all ALUMINUM 2. Structural Classification: ASTM C 635 duty class. 3. Color: White aluminum C. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung unless otherwise indicated. D. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, pre-stretched, with a yield stress load of at least time three design load, but not less than 12 gauge. E. Edge Moldings and Trim: Metal or extruded aluminum of types and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations, including light P fixtures, that fit type of edge detail and suspension system indicated. Provide moldings with exposed flange of the same width as exposed runner. PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not proceed with installation until all wet work such as concrete, terrazzo, plastering and painting has been completed and thoroughly dried out, unless expressly permitted by manufacturer's printed recommendations. (Exception: HumiGuard Max Ceilings) 3.2 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less than half width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans. Coordinate panel layout with mechanical and electrical fixtures. B. Coordination: Furnish layouts for preset inserts, clips, and other ceiling anchors whose installation is specified in other sections. 1. Furnish concrete inserts and similar devices to other trades for installation well in advance of time needed for coordination of other work. 3.3 INSTALLATION ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09510-5 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts substantial completion. D. The Warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.9 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed. Packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with appropriate labels. 1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish quality of full-size units equal to 5.0 percent of amount installed. 2. Exposed Suspension System Components: Furnish quantity of each exposed suspension component equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Ceiling Panels: Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS A. Acoustical Panels Type ACT-1: 1. Surface Texture: Fine 2. Composition: Mineral Fiber 3. Color: White 4. Size: 24in X 24in X 5/8in 5. Edge Profile: Beveled Tegular for interface with Suprafine 9/16" Exposed Tee. 6. Noise Reduction Coefficient(NRC): ASTM C 423; Classified with UL label on product ON carton, 0.70. 7. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): ASTM C 1414; Classified with UL label on product carton, 35 8. Articulation Class (AC): ASTM E 1111; Classified with UL label on product carton N/A. 9. Flame Spread: ASTM E 1264; Class A(UL) 10. Light Reflectance (LR): ASTM E 1477; White Panel: Light Reflectance: 0.86. 11. Mold/mildew inhibitor: the front and back of the product have been treated with BioBlock, a paint that contains a special biocide that inhibits or retards the growth of mold or mildew, ASTM D 3273. 12. Acceptable Product: Dune lay-in tile as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries. 2.3 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Components: All main beams and cross tees shall be commercial quality hot-dipped galvanized (galvanized steel, aluminum, or stainless steel)as per ASTM A 653. Main beams and cross tees are double-web steel construction with type exposed flange design. Exposed surfaces chemically cleansed, capping pre-finished galvanized steel (aluminum or stainless ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09510-4 .. Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts ASTM E 1264 for Class A products. a) Flame Spread: 25 or less b) Smoke Developed: 50 or less C. Coordination of Work: Coordinate acoustical ceiling work with installers of related work including, but not limited to building insulation, gypsum board, light fixtures, mechanical systems, electrical systems, and sprinklers. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaged units in any way. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Standard Ceilings: Do not install interior ceilings until space is enclosed and weatherproof; wet work in place is completed and nominally dry; work above ceilings is complete; and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity are continuously maintained at values near those intended for final occupancy. Building areas to receive ceilings shall be free of construction dust and debris. ! 1.8 WARRANTY A. Acoustical Panel: Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace acoustical panels that fail within the warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to: 1. Acoustical Panels: Sagging and warping 2. Grid System: Rusting and manufacturer's defects B. Warranty Period Standard: 1. Acoustical panels: One(1) year from date of substantial completion. 2. Cirrus Acoustical panels: Ten (10) year from date of substantial completion.Note Space Enclosure requirements 3. Grid: Ten years from date of substantial corpletion. C. Warranty Period HumiGuard: 1. Acoustical panels: Ten (10) years from date of substantial completion. 2. Grid: Ten (10) years from date of substantial completion. 3. Acoustical panels and grid systems with HumiGuard Plus or HumiGuard Max performance supplied by one source manufacturer is fifteen (15) years from date of ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09510-3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Room Method. 5. ASTM C 635 Standard Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings. 6. ASTM C 636 Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels. 7. ASTM E 84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 8. ASTM E 1414 Standard Test Method for Airborne Sound Attenuation Between Rooms Sharing a Common Ceiling Plenum. 9. ASTM E 1111 Standard Test Method for Measuring the Interzone Attenuation of Ceilings Systems. WX 10. ASTM E 1264 Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products. 11. ASTM E 1477 Standard Test Method for Luminous Reflectance Factor of Acoustical Materials by Use of Integrating-Sphere Reflectometers. 12. ASTM D 3273 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. 13. ASTM E 119 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Material. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of acoustical ceiling unit and suspension system required. B. Samples: Minimum 6 inch x 6 inch samples of specified acoustical panel; 8 inch long samples of exposed wall molding and suspension system, including main runner and 4 foot cross tees. C. Shop Drawings: Layout and details of acoustical ceilings. Show locations of items which are to be coordinated with, or supported by the ceilings. D. Certifications: Manufacturer's certifications that products comply with specified requirements, including laboratory reports showing compliance with specified tests and standards. For acoustical performance, each carton of material must carry an approved independent laboratory classification of NRC, CAC, and AC. E. If the material supplied by the acoustical subcontractor does not have an Underwriter's Laboratory classification of acoustical performance on every carton, subcontractor shall be required to send material from every production run appearing on the job to an independent or NVLAP approved laboratory for testing, at the architect's or owner's discretion. All products not conforming to manufacturer's current published values must be removed, disposed of and replaced with complying product at the expense of the Contractor performing the work. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide acoustical panel units and grid components by a single manufacturer. B. Fire Performance Characteristics: Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: As follows, tested per ASTM E 84 and complying with + » ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09510 -2 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general conditions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divisions-1 Specification sections apply to work of this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Acoustical ceiling panels. 2. Exposed grid suspension system. 3. Wire hangers, fasteners, main runners, cross tees, and wall angle moldings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09255-Gypsum Wall Board Assemblies 2. Section 09515—Ceiling Tile Reclamation 3. Section 09840—Acoustic Ceiling 4. Division 15 Sections- Mechanical Work 5. Division 16 Sections- Electrical Work 5. Division 1 -submittals C. Alternates 1. Prior Approval: Unless otherwise provided for in the Contract documents, proposed product substitutions may be submitted no later than TEN (10)working days prior to the date established for receipt of bids. Acceptability of a proposed substitution is contingent upon the Architect's review of the proposal for acceptability and approved products will be set forth by the Addenda. If included in a Bid are substitute products which have not been approved by Addenda, the specified products shall be provided without additional „ compensation. 2. Submittals which do not provide adequate data for the product evaluation will not be considered. The proposed substitution must meet all requirements of this section, including but not necessarily limited to, the following: Single source materials suppliers (if ! ' specified in Section 1.5); Underwriters' Laboratories Classified Acoustical performance; Panel design, size, composition, color, and finish; Suspension system component profiles and sizes; Compliance with the referenced standards. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A 1008 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. 2. ASTM A 641 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire. 3. ASTM A 653 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process. 4. ASTM C 423 Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation O ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09510 - 1 a.ws Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining !!' Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts END OF SECTION on op GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-7 r Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts a. Install LC-bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate. b. Install L-bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum panels are installed. c. Install U-bead where indicated. d. Install aluminum trim and other accessories where indicated. „ e. Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's recommendations and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect. G. Finishing Gypsum Board Assemblies: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, flanges of cornerbead, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. 1. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting-type joint compound. 2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessories as recommended by trim accessory manufacturer. 3. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per GA-214. a. Level 1 for ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies and sound-rated assemblies. b. Level 2 where panels form substrates for tile and where indicated. •"* c. Level 3 for gypsum board where indicated. d. Level 4 for gypsum board surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. e. Level 5 for gypsum board surfaces where indicated. 4. Where Level 5 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound and apply first, fill (second), and finish (third) coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories; and apply a thin, uniform skim coat of joint compound over entire surface. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a surface free of visual defects, tool marks, and ridges and ready for decoration. 5. For Level gypsum board finish, embed tape in joint compound and apply first, fill .. (second), and finish (third) coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a surface free of visual defects and ready for decoration. 6. Where Level 3 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound and apply *■ first and fill (second) coats of joint compound. 7. Where Level 2 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound and apply first coat of joint compound. 8. Where Level 1 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound. 9. Finish exterior gypsum soffit board using setting-type joint compounds to prefill joints and embed tape, and for first, fill (second), and finish (third) coats, with the last coat being a sandable product. Smooth each coat before joint compound hardens to minimize need •• for sanding. Sand between coats and after finish coat. a. Painting exterior gypsum soffit board after finish coat has dried is specified in another Division 9 Section. 10. Finish moisture-resistant gypsum backing board to comply with ASTM C 840 and gypsum board manufacturer's directions. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-6 •• Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining l ' Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1. Install sound-attenuation blankets, where indicated, prior to installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. 2. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. 3. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid-core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors over 32 inches (813 mm) wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately insert gypsum panels into frames. 4. Form control and expansion joints at locations indicated and as detailed, with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels, as well as supporting framing behind ! ! gypsum panels. 5. Isolate perimeter of nonload-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors, as detailed. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with U-bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. 6. Floating Construction: Where feasible, including where recommended by manufacturer, install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction. 7. Where STC-rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, seal construction at perimeters, behind control and expansion joints, openings, and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both faces of the partitions. Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer's recommendations for location of edge trim and closing off sound-flanking paths around or through gypsum board assemblies. 8. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. a. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. for vertical applications. b. Space screws a maximum of 8 inches o.c. at edges. 9. Install glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum backing board panels to comply with manufacturer's installation instructions. MR 10. Install moisture-resistant gypsum backing board panels at showers, tubs, and where indicated. Install with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) open space where panels abut other construction or penetrations. 11. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports as follows: a. Fasten with screws. 12. Multilayer Fastening Methods: Apply base layers of gypsum panels and face layer to base layers as follows: a. Fasten both base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. b. Fasten base layers with screws and face layer with adhesive and supplementary fasteners. c. Fasten base layers to wood supports with nails and face layer with adhesive and supplementary fasteners. E. Installing Trim Accessories: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners. 1. Install cornerbead at external corners. 2. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide edge trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound, except where other types are indicated. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255- 5 ow Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College 's Northampton, Massachusetts A. Install framing to comply with requirements that apply to framing installation. 1. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. 2. Isolate framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. a. Where building structure abuts ceiling perimeter or penetrates ceiling. b. Where partition framing and wall furring abut structure, except at floor. 3. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with framing or furring members. Independently frame both sides of joints with framing or furring members as indicated. B. Installing Framing for Suspended and Furred Ceilings: As follows: 1. Sway-brace suspended framing with hangers used for support. 2. Install suspended framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated, but not less than that required by installation standards. C. Installing Framing for Walls and Partitions: Install studs and furring at spacings indicated. 1. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. 3. For STC-rated and fire-resistance-rated partitions that extend to the underside of +•� floor/roof slabs and decks or other continuous solid structural surfaces to obtain ratings, install framing around structural and other members extending below floor/roof slabs and decks, as needed, to support gypsum board closures needed to make partitions A. continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. 5. Frame door openings to comply with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated or, if none indicated, as required for door openings. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 7. Install polyethylene vapor retarder where indicated to comply with the following requirements: a. Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with mechanical fasteners or adhesives. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose mineral-fiber insulation. b. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than 2 wall studs. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end, and bottom edges, at perimeter of wall openings, and at lap joints; space fasteners 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. c. Seal joints in vapor retarders caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor retarder tape. d. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarder immediately before concealing it with the installation of gypsum board or other construction. D. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-216. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-4 ., Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/412007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1) Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners and face flanges of trim accessories. 2) Topping compound formulated for fill (second)and finish (third)coats. 3) All-purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds. G. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that is effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. H. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound. I. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. 1. Laminating Adhesive: Special adhesive or joint compound recommended for laminating gypsum panels. 2. Fastening Adhesive for Wood: ASTM C 557. on 3. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications: a. Fastening gypsum board to wood members. b. Fastening gypsum board to gypsum board. 4. Gypsum Board Nails: ASTM C 514. 5. Foam Gaskets: Closed-cell vinyl foam adhesive-backed strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, in width to suit metal stud size indicated. 6. Sound-Attenuation Blankets: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket insulation to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type I. 7. Thermal Insulation: Material indicated below and as indicated on drawings, of thickness and width to fill voids formed by Z-furring members: a. Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket insulation to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type I. b. Extruded-polystyrene board insulation to comply with ASTM C 578 for Type IV, and with flame-spread and smoke-developed ratings of 75 and 450, respectively, according to ASTM E 84. r c. Blow in cellulose. 8. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, thickness and maximum permeance rating as follows: a. 6 mils (0.15 mm), 0.13 perms (7.5 ng/Pa x s x sq. m). 9. Vapor Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. PART III—EXECUTION 3.1 EXECUTION GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts e. Edges: Tapered. 2. Gypsum Board Base Layer(s) for Multilayer Applications: ASTM C 36, in thickness indicated. ** a. Type: Regular for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. b. Type: Foil backed where indicated. c. Type: Type X where indicated or required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies. d. Type: Sag-resistant type for ceiling surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Moisture-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630, in thickness indicated. a. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated. b. Type: Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies and where indicated. D. Accessories for Interior Installation: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047, formed metal or plastic, with metal complying with the following requirement: •. 1. Steel sheet zinc coated by hot-dip or electrolytic process, or steel sheet coated with aluminum, or rolled zinc. E. Aluminum Accessories: Where indicated, provide manufacturer's standard extruded- aluminum accessories of profile indicated. 1. Primed Finish: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant primer compatible with joint compound and finish materials specified. F. Joint Treatment Materials: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment materials for each application indicated. 1. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. .. a. Use pressure-sensitive or staple-attached, open-weave, glass-fiber reinforcing tape with compatible joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board and joint treatment materials for application indicated. 2. Joint Tape for Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by cementitious backer unit manufacturer. 3. Setting-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged, job-mixed, chemical-hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. a. For prefilling gypsum board joints, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. b. For filling joints and treating fasteners of moisture-resistant gypsum backing board, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. c. For topping compound, use sandable formulation. ,. 4. Drying-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged vinyl-based products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. a. Ready-Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product. b. Job-Mixed Formulation: Powder product for mixing with water at Project site. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-2 .,.,, MAC Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 09255-GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART I—GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies whose STC ratings were determined according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where fire-resistance-rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, provide gypsum board assemblies that are identical to assemblies tested for fire resistance according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: P1 1. Gypsum Board and Related Products: a. Georgia-Pacific Corp. b. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division. c. United States Gypsum Co. B. Steel Framing Components for Suspended and Furred Ceilings: Provide components complying with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Resilient Furring Channels: Standard product fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 (ASTM A 653M) or ASTM A 568 (ASTM A 568M) to form 1/2-inch-(12.7-mm-) deep channel of the following configuration: a. Single-Leg Configuration: Asymmetric-shaped channel with face connected to a single flange by a single-slotted leg (web). b. Double-Leg Configuration: Hat-shaped channel with 1-1/2-inch- (38.1-mm-) wide face connected to flanges by double-slotted or expanded-metal legs (webs). c. Single- or Double-Leg Configuration: Asymmetric-shaped channel with face connected to a single flange by a single-slotted leg (web) or hat-shaped channel, with 1-1/2-inch- (38.1-mm-) wide face connected to flanges by double-slotted or expanded-metal legs(webs). C. Gypsum Board Products: Types indicated in maximum lengths available that will minimize end-to-end butt joints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application. 1. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, 5/8" unless otherwise noted. go a. Type: Regular for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. b. Type: Foil backed where indicated. c. Type: Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies. d. Type: Sag-resistant type for ceiling surfaces. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255- 1 MW Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are non-staining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. PART 3 - EXECUTION ..w 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C 1193. B. Comply with ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications. END OF SECTION wu aw JOINT SEALANTS 07920-2 ,,,, Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 07920 -JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and color Samples. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C). PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT SEALANTS A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under service and application conditions. B. Sealant for General Exterior Use Where Another Type Is Not Specified: 1. Single-component, neutral-curing silicone sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS; w Class 25; Uses T, NT, M, G, A, and O. C. Sealant for Use in Interior Joints in Ceramic Tile and Other Hard Surfaces in Kitchens and Toilet Rooms and Around Plumbing Fixtures: 1. Single-component, mildew-resistant silicone sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and O; formulated with fungicide. D. Sealant for Interior Use at Perimeters of Door and Window Frames: 1. Latex sealant, single-component, non-sag„ mildew-resistant, paintable, acrylic-emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C 834. E. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed Interior Joints: 1. Non-sag, paintable, non-staining, latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. F. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: 1. Nondrying, non-hardening, non-skinning, non-staining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound. 2.2 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 07841 -THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. B. Provide fire stopping systems with fire-resistance ratings indicated by reference to UL designations as listed in its "Fire Resistance Directory," or to designations of another testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Provide through-penetration fire stopping systems with F-ratings indicated, as determined according to ASTM E 814, but not less than fire-resistance rating of construction penetrated. D. For exposed fire stopping, provide products with flame-spread indexes of less than 25 and smoke-developed indexes of less than 450, as determined according to ASTM E 84. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Submittals Refer to Division 1 B. Section 15 C. Section 16 PART 2 - PRODUCTS op 2.1 FIRESTOP SYSTEMS A. Any through-penetration fire stop system that is classified by UL or listed by ITS for the application and with F-rating indicated may be used. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install fire stopping systems to comply with requirements listed in testing agency's directory for indicated fire-resistance rating. B. Identification: Identify through-penetration fire stop systems with permanent labels attached to surfaces adjacent to fire stop systems so that labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or fire stop systems. Include the following information on labels: 1. The words"Warning-Through-Penetration Fire stop System - Do Not Disturb." 2. Classification/listing designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 3. Through-penetration fire stop system manufacturer's name and product name. END OF SECTION THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07841 - 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College "' Northampton, Massachusetts 2. Adhere applied sidesplashes to countertops using manufacturer's standard color- so matched silicone sealant. 3.3 REPAIR Wo A. Repair or replace damaged work which cannot be repaired to architect's satisfaction. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION Wo A. Keep components clean during installation. B. Remove adhesives, sealants and other stains. 3.5 SCHEDULE A. Cafeteria surfaces—hot: 1. Adhesively joined with no exposed open or silicone-filled seams. 2. Provide expansion joints in countertop as detailed on the drawings. 3. Make cutouts to templates furnished by the manufacturer. ** 4. Reinforce edges and cutouts as recommended by the manufacturer. 5. Provide insulation between material and adjacent hot water pans and food warmers. 6. Thermally isolate hot applications from cold. 7. Provide venting of cabinets as required. B. Cafeteria surfaces—cold: 1. Adhesively joined with no exposed open or silicone-filled seams. 2. Provide expansion joints in countertop as detailed on the drawings. 3. Make cutouts to templates furnished by the manufacturer. 4. Reinforce edges and cutouts as recommended by the manufacturer. 5. Provide insulation between material and adjacent cold surfaces. 6. Thermally isolate hot applications from cold. END OF SECTION w SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 -8 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining e>A Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts a. Material shall be uniform, between 275 and 325 degrees Fahrenheit during forming. 3. Form pieces to shape prior to seaming and joining. 4. Cut pieces to finished dimensions. op 5. Sand edges and remove nicks and scratches. 2.5 FINISHES A. Select from the manufacturer's standard color chart. 1. Color: a. Corian "Matterhorn". B. Finish: 1. Provide surfaces with a uniform finish. a. Semigloss; gloss range of 20-50. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with fabricator present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install components plumb, level and rigid, scribed to adjacent finishes, in accordance with approved shop drawings and product data. 1. Provide product in the largest pieces available. 2. Form field joints using manufacturer's recommended adhesive, with joints inconspicuous in finished work. a. Exposed joints/seams shall not be allowed. 3. Reinforce field joints with solid surface strips extending a minimum of 1 inch on either side of the seam with the strip being the same thickness as the top. 4. Cut and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns. 5. Rout radii and contours to template. ' ' 6. Anchor securely to base cabinets or other supports. 7. Align adjacent countertops and form seams to comply with manufacturer's written recommendations using adhesive in color to match countertop. 8. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches and clean entire surface. 9. Install countertops with no more than 1/8-inch (3 mm)sag, bow or other variation from a straight line. B. Applied sidesplashes: 1. Install applied sidesplashes using manufacturer's standard color-matched silicone sealant. SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 -7 am Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Flame Spread Index <25 .. Smoke Developed Index <25 t Approximate weight per square foot: V4" (6 mm) 2.2 lbs., 12" (12.3 mm)4.4 lbs. Shapes meet or exceed the ANSI Z124.3 and ANSI Z124.6 standards for plastic sinks and lavatories. NEMA results based on the NEMA LD 3-2000 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Joint adhesive: 1. Manufacturer's standard one-or two-part adhesive kit to create inconspicuous, nonporous joints. B. Sealant: 1. Manufacturer's standard mildew-resistant, FDA-compliant, NSF 51-compliant(food zone —any type), UL-listed silicone sealant in colors matching components. C. Conductive tape: 1. Manufacturer's standard aluminum foil tape, with required thickness, for use with cutouts near heat sources. D. Insulating felt tape: 1. Manufacturer's standard for use with conductive tape in insulating solid surface material from adjacent heat source. 2.4 FACTORY FABRICATION A. Shop assembly 1. Fabricate components to greatest extent practical to sizes and shapes indicated, in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's printed instructions and technical bulletins. 2. Form joints between components using manufacturer's standard joint adhesive without conspicuous joints. a. Reinforce with strip of solid polymer material, 2"wide. 3. Provide factory cutouts for plumbing fittings and bath accessories as indicated on the drawings. 4. Rout and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns. a. Rout cutouts, radii and contours to template. *■+ b. Smooth edges. c. Repair or reject defective and inaccurate work. B. Thermoforming: 1. Comply with manufacturer's data. 2. Heat entire component. SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 -6 go Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1. Cast, nonporous, filled polymer, not coated, laminated or of composite construction with through body colors meeting ANSI Z124.3 or ANSI Z124.6, having minimum physical and performance properties specified. 2. Superficial damage to a depth of 0.010 inch (.25 mm) shall be repairable by sanding ' and/or polishing. B. Thickness: 1. 1/2 inch C. Backsplash: 1. Applied. W D. Sidesplash: 1. Applied. E. Performance characteristics: Property Typical Result Test Tensile Strength 6,000 psi ASTM D 638 Tensile Modulus 1.5 x 10-6 psi ASTM D 638 Tensile Elongation 0.4% min. ASTM D 638 Flexural Strength 10,000 psi ASTM D 790 Flexural Modulus 1.2 x 10-6 psi ASTM D 790 Hardness >85 Rockwell °M"scale ASTM D 785 56 Barcol Impressor ASTM D 2583 Thermal Expansion 3.02 x 10-5 in./in./°C ASTM D 696 (1.80 x 10-5 in./in./°F) Gloss (60° Gardner) 5-75 (matte—highly polished) ANSI Z124 Light Resistance (Xenon Arc) No effect NEMA LID 3-2000 Method 3.3 Wear and Cleanability Passes ANSI Z124.3& Z124.6 Stain Resistance: Sheets Passes ANSI Z124.3& Z124.6 Fungus and Bacteria Resistance Does not support microbial growth ASTM G21&G22 Boiling Water Resistance No visible change NEMA LID 3-2000 Method 3.5 High Temperature Resistance No change NEMA LID 3-2000 Method 3.6 Izod Impact 0.28 ft.-lbs./in. of notch ASTM D 256 (Notched Specimen) (Method A) Ball Impact No fracture-12 lb. ball: NEMA LID 3-2000 Resistance: Sheets V4"slab-36"drop Method 3.8 12"slab-144" drop Weatherability AE*94<5 in 1,000 hrs. ASTM G 155 go Specific Gravity t 1.7 Water Absorption Long-term ASTM D 570 0.4% (344") 0.6% (12") 0.8% (1/4") Toxicity 99 (solid colors) Pittsburgh Protocol 66 (patterned colors) Test("LC50"Test) Flammability All colors ASTM E 84, (Class I and Class A) NFPA 255 & UL 723 SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 -5 06 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College "* Northampton, Massachusetts so H. Pre-installation conference: 1. Conduct conference at project site to comply with requirements in Division 1. 1.6 DELIVERIES, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver no components to project site until areas are ready for installation. B. Store components indoors prior to installation. C. Handle materials to prevent damage to finished surfaces. 1. Provide protective coverings to prevent physical damage or staining following installation for duration of project. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's warranty against defects in materials. 1. Warranty shall provide material and labor to repair or replace defective materials. 2. Damage caused by physical or chemical abuse or damage from excessive heat will not be warranted. B. Optional Installed Warranty: 1. To qualify for the optional Installed Warranty, fabrication and installation must be performed by a Manufacturer Certified Fabrication/Installation source who will provide a brand plate for the application. 2. This warranty covers all fabrication and installation performed by the certified/approved source subject to the specific wording contained in the Installed Warranty Card. C. Manufacturer's warranty period: 1. Ten years from date of substantial completion. 1.8 MAINTENANCE A. Provide maintenance requirements as specified by the manufacturer. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: +�• a. Corian®surfaces from the DuPont company. 2.2 MATERIALS .s A. Solid polymer components SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 -4 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts a. Provide with the following Class A (Class 1) surface burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per UL 723 (ASTM E84) or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1) Flame Spread Index: 25 or less. 2) Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less. D. Coordination drawings: 1. Shall be prepared indicating: a. Plumbing work. b. Electrical work. c. Kitchen and food service equipment 2. Content: a. Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. b. Do not base coordination drawings on reproductions of the contract documents or standard printed data. c. Indicate dimensions shown on the contract drawings and make specific note of dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. d. Provide alternate sketches to designer for resolution of such conflicts. 1>~ 1) Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the contract. E. Drawings shall: 1. Be produced in 1/2-inch scale for all fabricated items. F. Drawings must be complete and submitted to the architect within 60 days after award of contract for record only. 1. No review or approval will be forthcoming. 2. Coordination drawings are required for the benefit of contractor's fabricators/installers as an aid to coordination of their work so as to eliminate or reduce conflicts that may arise during the installation of their work. G. Job mock-up: 1. Prior to fabrication of architectural millwork, erect sample unit to further verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate the quality of materials and execution. 2. Build the mock-up to comply with the contract documents and install in a location as directed by the architect. fir 3. Notify the architect two weeks in advance of the date of when the mock-up will be delivered. 4. Should mock-up not be approved, re-fabricate and reinstall until approval is secured. a. Remove rejected units from project site. 5. After approval, the mock-up may become a part of the project. 6. This mock-up, once approved, shall serve as a standard for judging quality of all completed units of work. SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 -3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1. Indicate product description, fabrication information and compliance with specified performance requirements. D. Product certificates: 1. For each type of product, signed by product manufacturer. E. Fabricator/installer qualifications: 1. Provide copy of certification number. F. Manufacturer certificates: 1. Signed by manufacturers certifying that they comply with requirements. G. NSF/ANSI standards: 1. Refer to www.nsf.org for the latest compliance to NSF/ANSI Standard 51 for food zone all food types. H. Maintenance data: w 1. Submit manufacturer's care and maintenance data, including repair and cleaning instructions. a. Maintenance kit for finishes shall be submitted. w 2. Include in project closeout documents. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Shop that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those required for this project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. B. Fabricator/installer qualifications: 1. Work of this section shall be by a certified fabricator/installer, certified in writing by the manufacturer. C. Applicable standards: 1. Standards of the following, as referenced herein: a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) b. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) c. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) d. NSF International 2. Fire test response characteristics: SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 -2 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 06651 SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including general and supplementary conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following horizontal and trim solid surface product types: 1. Cold cafeteria surfaces 2. Hot cafeteria surfaces 3. Cove backsplashes B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry"for Blocking. 2. Division 15 Section "Plumbing Fixtures." 3. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices." 1.3 DEFINITION A. Solid surface is defined as nonporous, homogeneous material maintaining the same on composition throughout the part with a composition of acrylic polymer, aluminum trihydrate filler and pigment. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: 1. Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices and other components. a. Show full-size details, edge details„ thermoforming requirements, attachments, etc. b. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, including concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections. c. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, faucets, soap dispensers, waste receptacle and other items installed in solid surface. B. Samples: 1. For each type of product indicated. a. Submit minimum 6-inch by 6-inch sample in specified gloss. b. Cut sample and seam together for representation of inconspicuous seam. c. Indicate full range of color and pattern variation. 2. Approved samples will be retained as a standard for work. C. Product data: SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 - 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Im Northampton, Massachusetts D. Fabrication, General: Complete fabrication, including assembly and finishing, before shipment to Project site to maximum extent possible. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members, kerf backs of other wide, flat members, +� except for members with ends exposed in finished work. 2. Shop-cut openings, to maximum extent possible. Smooth edges of cutouts and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges with a water-resistant coating. E. Existing woodwork to remain: 1. Wood Species: to remain 2. Protect existing wood during construction. 3. Wood to be primed & painted per finish schedule. F. Cabinet hardware: 1. Hinges: Pivot style hinges, top and bottom 2. Locks: CompX`Timberline Stock Locks" series 3. Pulls: Hafele 134.51.600 G. Solid Surface: Refer to specification section 06551. PART III—EXECUTION 3.1 EXECUTION A. Preparation: Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas, and examine and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing, before installing. B. Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade specified above for �» type of woodwork involved. C. Install woodwork to comply with WIC Section 26 for the same grade specified above for type of woodwork involved. 1. Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm). ., 2. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. D. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints, using full-length pieces to w" the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Fill gaps, if any, between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler and sand smooth. END OF SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 -2 .,. Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART I—GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips unless concealed within other construction prior to woodwork installation. B. Rough carriages for stairs are a part of interior architectural woodwork. Platform framing and other rough framing associated with stairwork are specified in Division 6 Section 'Rough Carpentry." C. Submittals: In addition to product data, submit the following: 1. Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large- scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 2. Samples of lumber and panel products for each species and cut indicated for transparent finish, and each material indicated for opaque finish, with one-half of exposed surfaces finished. 3. Samples of laminate-clad panel products, for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish. 4. Samples of thermoset decorative-overlay surfaced panel products, for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish. 5. Samples of solid surfacing materials. D. AWI Quality Standard: Comply with "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute. E. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet- work is completed, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. PART II -PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS A. Woodwork for Opaque Finish: Grade and species as follows: 1. Wood Species: Poplar. B. Panel Products: As follows: 1. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. 2. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2., made without formaldehyde. 3. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2 made with phenol-formaldehyde resins. 4. Softwood Plywood: PS 1. 5. Formaldehyde Emission Level for Medium-Density Fiberboard: Comply with requirements of NPA 9. C. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402- 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART I—GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit Samples for each finish and type of siding and paneling. PART 11—PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS A. Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard," for lumber and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. B. Softwood Plywood: Comply with DOC PS 1, "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood." C. Hardwood Plywood: Comply with HPVA HP-1, "Interim Voluntary Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood." D. Preservative Treatment: Comply with NWWDA I.S. 4 for exterior finish carpentry to receive water-repellent preservative treatment. E. Interior & Exterior Standing and Running Trim: Provide finished lumber and moldings complying with the following requirements: 1. Species, interior: Poplar, paint grade. 2. Refer to drawings for locations and species. PART III—EXECUTION 3.1 EXECUTION A. Condition finish carpentry to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installation, for a minimum of 24 hours. B. Prime and backprime lumber for painted finish exposed on the exterior. Comply with requirements for surface preparation and application in Division 9 Section 'Painting." C. Install finish carpentry plumb, level, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where required for alignment. Scribe and cut finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. D. Repair damaged or defective finish carpentry where possible to eliminate functional or visual defects. Where not possible to repair, replace finish carpentry. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. END OF SECTION FINISH CARPENTRY 06200- 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts B. Securely attach rough carpentry to substrates, complying with the following: 1. CABO NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. 3. Table 2305.2 Fastening Schedule in the Massachusetts State Building Code C. Fastening Methods: Comply with recommendations and "Code Plus" provisions in APA Form No. E30K and the following: 1. Subflooring: Glue and nail to framing. 2. Sheathing: Nail to framing. 3. Underlayment: Nail or staple to subflooring. END OF SECTION OF Pill so ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College *A Northampton, Massachusetts 2.4 ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCTS A. Engineered wood products with allowable design stresses, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be demonstrated by comprehensive testing. B. Laminated-Veneer Lumber: Manufactured with exterior-type adhesive complying with ASTM D 2559. Allowable design values determined according to ASTM D 5456. 1. Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, Edgewise: 2850 psi (19.7 MPa) for 12-inch nominal- (286-mm actual-) depth members. 2. Modulus of Elasticity, Edgewise: 2,000,000 psi (13 800 MPa). 2.5 PANEL PRODUCTS A. Plywood Subflooring: Exposure 1, Structural I single-floor panels or sheathing. B. Underlayment: 1. Plywood for Resilient Flooring: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1 Underlayment with fully sanded face. 2. Plywood for Ceramic Tile: DOC PS 1, Exterior, C-C Plugged, 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) thick, for ceramic tile set in organic adhesive or epoxy mortar. 3. Hardboard: AHA A135.4, Class 4 (Service), Surface S1 S; with back side sanded. ow 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS qW A. Fasteners: Size and type indicated. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153. am 1. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. 2. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. B. Metal Framing Anchors: Hot-dip galvanized steel of structural capacity, type, and size indicated. C. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: APA AFG-01. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and „ fitted. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. s ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-2 am Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 06100 -ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Model code evaluation reports for treated wood, engineered wood products, and building wrap. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: Provide dressed lumber, S4S, 15 percent maximum moisture content for 2-inch nominal (38-mm actual)thickness or less, marked with grade stamp of inspection agency. B. Engineered Wood Products: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that show compliance with building code in effect for Project. C. Wood Structural Panels: DOC PS 2. Provide plywood complying with DOC PS 1, where plywood is indicated. e 1. Comply with "Code Plus" provisions in APA Form No. E30K. 2.2 TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative-Treated Materials: AWPA C2 lumber and AWPA C9 plywood, labeled by an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. After treatment, kiln-dry lumber and plywood to 19 and 15 percent moisture content, respectively. Treat indicated items and the following: 1. Wood members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches (460 mm) above grade. 4. Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. 2.3 LUMBER A. Dimension Lumber: The following grades are per inspection agency indicated: 1. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Construction, Stud, or No. 3. 2. Load-bearing: #1/#2 Spruce-Pine-Fir: NLGA B. Miscellaneous Lumber: Construction, Stud, or No. 3 grade of any species for nailers, Rp blocking, and similar members. OR ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100- 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts properly executed warranties to the Architect within 15 days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. I. When the Contract Documents require the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer to execute a special warranty, prepare a written document that •� contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner, through the Architect, for approval prior to final execution. 1. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. J. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial-quality, durable 3-ring, vinyl-covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8- .� 1/2-by-11-inch (115-by-280-mm) paper. 1. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address, and telephone number of the Installer. 2. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title"WARRANTIES," Project title or name, and name of the Contractor. 3. When warranted construction requires operation and maintenance manuals, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual. END OF SECTION WARRANTIES 01740-2 ,., Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 01740 -WARRANTIES 1.0 GENERAL A. Standard product warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner. B. Special warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner. 1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's period for correction of the Work. C. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. D. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted construction, remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a result of such failure or must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted construction. E. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. F. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. !P G. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on the time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. 1. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar commitment, the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work, until the Contractor presents PIP evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. H. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a 1P commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect. 1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit IF WARRANTIES 01740- 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining r Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 4. Identification systems. 5. Control sequences. 6. Hazards. 7. Warranties and bonds. 8. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following: 1. Startup and shutdown. 2. Emergency operations and safety procedures. 3. Noise and vibration adjustments. op C. Final Cleaning: Employ experienced cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Complete the following operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. 1. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass. Remove glazing compounds. Replace chipped or broken glass. r 3. Clean exposed finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films, and foreign substances. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. 4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication. Clean plumbing fixtures. Clean light fixtures and lamps. 5. Clean the site of rubbish, litter, and foreign substances. Sweep paved areas; remove stains, spills, and foreign deposits. Rake grounds to a smooth, even-textured surface. D. Pest Control: Engage a licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid the Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Mp E. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities. F. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Remove waste materials and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION P9 a tP CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 7. Submit evidence of continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. E. Reinspection Procedure: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Architect. 1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, the Architect will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required. w 2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated. F. Record Document Submittals: Do not use record documents for construction. Protect from • loss in a secure location. Provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference. G. Record Drawings: Maintain a set of prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark the drawing most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Give attention to concealed elements. 1. Mark sets with red pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind with durable-paper cover sheets; print titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set. H. Record Specifications: Maintain one (1) copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Mark to show variations in Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. Give attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. 1. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the Owner's records. I. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into sets of manageable ., size. Bind in individual, heavy-duty, 2-inch (51-mm), 3-ring, binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following information: 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Shop Drawings and Product Data. 2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 3.0 EXECUTION .. A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires maintenance to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Maintenance manuals. 2. Spare parts, tools, and materials. 3. Lubricants and fuels. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-2 ,,,, Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 01700 -CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL A. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16. B. Substantial Completion: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following: 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show one hundred percent (100%) completion for the Work claimed as substantially complete. - a. Include supporting documentation for completion and an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 6. Changeover locks and transmit keys to the Owner. 7. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of operation and maintenance personnel. Remove temporary facilities, mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 8. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting. 9. Touch up and repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. C. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will proceed or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 1. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work is substantially complete. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. D. Final Acceptance: Before requesting inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following: 1. Final payment request with releases and supporting documentation. Include insurance certificates where required. 2. Submit a statement, accounting for changes to the Contract Sum. 3. Submit a copy of the final inspection list stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion. 5. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 6. Submit a final settlement statement. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700- 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College .f Northampton, Massachusetts 1. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required. 2. Changes are in keeping with the intent of the Contract Documents. no 3. The specified product cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The Architect will not consider the request if the specified product cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly. „ 4. The request is related to an "or-equal"clause. 5. The substitution offers the Owner a substantial advantage, in cost, time, or other considerations, after deducting compensation to the Architect for redesign and increased cost of other construction. 6. The specified product cannot receive approval by a governing authority, and the substitution can be approved. B. The Contractor's submittal and the Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples for construction not complying with the Contract Documents do not constitute an acceptable request for substitution, nor do they constitute approval. 3.0 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 -2 �„ Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining r Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 01631 -SUBSTITUTIONS 1.1 GENERAL A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by the Contract Documents proposed after award of the Contract are considered requests for substitutions. The following are not requests for substitutions: 1. Substitutions requested during the bidding period and accepted by Addendum prior to award of the Contract. 2. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by the Owner. 3. Specified options included in the Contract Documents. 4. Contractor's compliance with regulations issued by governing authorities. so B. Substitution Request Submittal: The Architect will consider requests for substitution received within sixty (60) days after commencement of the Work. r 1. Submit three (3) copies of each request for substitution. Submit requests according to procedures required for change-order proposals. 2. Identify the product or method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers. 3. Provide documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions and the following information: a. Coordination information, including a list of changes needed to other Work that will be necessary to accommodate the substitution. b. A comparison of the substitution with the Work specified, including performance, weight, size, durability, and visual effect. c. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products and installation procedures. d. Samples, where applicable or requested. e. A statement indicating the effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the substitution on Contract Time. f. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract Sum. g. Certification that the substitution conforms to the Contract Documents and is appropriate for the applications indicated. h. The Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. 4. Architect's Action: If necessary, the Architect will request additional information within one (1) week of receipt of a request for substitution. The Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection within two (2) weeks of receipt of the request. Acceptance will be in the form of a change order. on a. Use the product specified if the Architect cannot make a decision within the time allocated. 2.0 PRODUCTS A. Conditions: The Architect will receive and consider a request for substitution when one (1) or more of the following conditions are satisfied. Otherwise, the Architect will return the requests without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 1 Op Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining +*� Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 2.0 EXECUTION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of products. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION �u MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600-3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College +. Northampton, Massachusetts 4. Store products to facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. Store heavy materials away from the structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. 5. Store products subject to damage by the elements aboveground, under cover in a weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. 2.0 PRODUCTS ' A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, new at the time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, and other devices and details needed for a complete installation and the intended use and effect. 2. Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures governing product selection include the following: 1. Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name only a single product or manufacturer, provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. 2. Semiproprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name two (2) or more products or manufacturers, provide one (1) of the products indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. a. Where products are specified by name, accompanied by the term "or equal," comply with provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 3. Nonproprietary Specifications: When Specifications list products or manufacturers that '"•' are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to use of these products only, the Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions ,. concerning "substitutions"to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 4. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product, listing characteristics required, with or without use of a brand name, provide a product that provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with requirements. 5. Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply and are recommended for the application. Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in product literature or by the manufacturer's certification of performance. 6. Compliance with Standards, Codes, and Regulations: Where Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation, select a product that complies with the standards, codes, or regulations specified. 7. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching a Sample, the Architect's decision on whether a product matches will be final. Where no product in the specified category matches and complies with other requirements, comply with provisions concerning "substitutions"for selection of a matching product in another category. 8. Visual Selection: Where requirements include the phrase "... as selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures ..." or a similar phrase, select a product that complies with other requirements. The Architect will select the color, pattern, and texture from the product line selected. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600-2 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 01600-MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1.1 GENERAL A. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. 1. "Named Products" are items identified by the manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or designation, shown or listed in the manufacturer's published product literature. B. "Materials" are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. C. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections, such as wiring or piping. D. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a single source. 1. When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between two (2) or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected. E. Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach manufacturer's nameplates or trademarks on surfaces exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior. 1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on concealed surfaces or, where required for observation after installation, on accessible surfaces that are not conspicuous. 2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service- connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on an easily accessible surface that is inconspicuous in occupied spaces. The nameplate shall contain the following information and other essential operating data: a. Name of product and manufacturer. b. Model and serial number. c. Capacity. d. Speed. e. Ratings. G. Deliver, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage and to prevent overcrowding construction spaces. Coordinate with installation to assure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 2. Deliver products in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 3. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. op MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600- 1 no Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College ON Northampton, Massachusetts C. Instruction: The Contractor or his designated waste manager shall provide on-site instruction regarding appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and/or return methods to be used by all involved parties at the appropriate stages of the Project. D. Separation facilities: As appropriate during each stage of the Project, the Contractor shall lay out and label a specific area(s)to facilitate separation of materials for potential recycling, salvage, reuse, and return. Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials. E. Hazardous wastes: Hazardous wastes shall be separated and disposed of according to Local Regulations 1.9 Reporting Required at Time of Invoicing A. Application for Progress Payments: The Contractor shall submit with each Application for Progress Payment a Summary of Waste generated by the Project. Failure to submit this information shall render the Application for Payment incomplete and shall delay Progress Payment. The Summary shall be submitted on a form acceptable to the Owner and shall contain the following information: 1. The amount(in tons) of material landfilled from the Project, the identity of the landfill, the total amount of tipping fees paid, transportation costs (if separate) and the total disposal cost. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipt, and invoices. 2. For each material recycled, reused, or salvaged from the Project, the amount(in tons or cubic yards), the date removed from the job site, the receiving party, the transportation cost, the amount of any money paid or received for the recycled or salvaged material, and the net total cost or savings of salvage or recycling each material. Attach manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. END OF SECTION w CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01505-4 ,,,�„ Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining r Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts MR 5. Cathode Ray Tubes(CRTs) including computer monitors 6. Metal, Plastic and Glass Containers 7. Recyclable Paper 1.6 Resources for Development of Waste Management Plan A. The following sources may be useful in developing the Draft Waste Management Plan: 1. Recycling Haulers and Markets. An extensive list of Massachusetts haulers and markets for recyclable materials is available on-line at the following URL: http://www.wastecap.org/wastecap/rsd2003. This list is provided for information only and may not comprehensive; other haulers and markets may also be available. 1.7 Final Waste Management Plan A. Once Smith College has considered the draft Waste Management Plan and made appropriate suggested modifications, the Contractor shall submit, within fourteen (14) Calendar days of receiving such suggested modifications, a Final Waste Management Plan, incorporating Smith College's input. The Final Waste Management Plan shall contain the following: 1. Analysis of the proposed job site wastes to be generated, including types and approximate quantities. 2. Disposal options: The name of all landfill(s)and/or incinerator(s) proposed for trash disposal, the respective tipping fee(s)for each of these disposal options including transportation costs, and the projected cost of disposing of all Project waste in the landfill(s) 3. Alternatives to Landfilling: A list of the waste materials from the Project that will be separated for reuse, salvage, or recycling. 4. Markets: A list of the market(s)or other on-site or off-site end use(s) that will be used for each material that will be separated for reuse, salvage, or recycling. 5. Materials Handling Procedures: A description of the means to be employed in separating and recycling the materials identified in item (3) above consistent with requirements for acceptance by designated facilities, including the means by which such materials will be protected from contamination. 6. Transportation: A description of the means of transportation of the recyclable materials (whether materials will be site-separated and hauled to designated markets, or whether mixed materials will be collected by a hauler and removed from the site and later separated for recycling). 7. Cost of Reuse, Salvage, or Recycling. An estimate of the cost, including separation, transportation, and marketing, to reuse, salvage, or recycle the materials identified in item (3) above. 8. Meetings: A description of the regular meetings to be held to address waste management. Refer to Section 01200- Project Meetings 1.8 Waste Management Plan Implementation A. Manager: The Contractor shall designate a specific party (or parties) responsible for instructing workers in recycling and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste Management Plan for the Project. B. Distribution: The Contractor shall distribute copies of the Waste Management Plan to the Job Site Foreman, each Subcontractor, the Owner, and the Architect. CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01505-3 w Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College • Northampton, Massachusetts 3. Alternatives to Landfill Disposal/Incineration: A list of each material proposed to be salvaged, reused, or recycled during the course of the Project, the proposed end use or market for each material, the respective tipping fees for each end use or market (including transportation costs), and the estimated net cost savings or cost increase resulting from recycling each material (versus landfilling or other disposal), taking into account revenue from the sale of recycled or salvaged materials and tipping fees saved due to diversion of materials. 4. The Draft Waste Management Plan shall include, at a minimum, the materials included in Section 1.5 that are required to be reused or recycled. B. Following the submittal of the Draft Waste Management Plan, Smith College and the architect will review the plan and consider the proposed recycling and waste disposal alternatives .w Smith College and/or the architect may suggest alternatives to the proposed disposal options in order to increase recycling, reduce costs, or both. 1.5 Materials for Which Recycling Is Required A. Smith College requires that, as a minimum, the following materials must be considered for recycling, salvage, or reuse during this project: 1. Asphalt 2. Concrete, concrete block, concrete masonry units (CMU), slump stone (decorative concrete block), and rocks 3. Asphalt Concrete 4. Brick 5. Paper, including bond, newsprint, cardboard, mixed paper, packing materials, and packaging 6. Cement Fiber Products, including shingles, panels, siding 7. Paint 8. Rigid Foam 9. Glass 10. Plastics 11. Carpet and Pad 12. Beverage Containers 13. Insulation 14. Gypsum Wallboard 15. Porcelain Plumbing Fixtures 16. Fluorescent Light Tubes, per Local Regulatory recommendations 17. Green materials (i.e. tree trimmings and land clearing debris). 18. Metals including, but not limited to, stud trim, ductwork, piping, reinforcing steel (rebar), roofing, other trim, steel, iron, galvanized sheet steel, stainless steel, aluminum, copper, zinc, lead, brass, and bronze. (ferrous and non-ferrous). 19. Soils 20. Wood, including clean dimensional wood, pallet wood, plywood, oriented strand board (OSB), particle board B. The Contractor should be aware that the Commonwealth of Massachusetts has banned the following waste streams from incineration or landfill disposal. These items may not be included in waste destined for incineration or landfills: 1. Lead-acid batteries 2. Leaves and Yard Waste 3. Whole Tires 4. White Goods (Appliances) CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01505-2 .,� Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining W Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 01505-CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 Related Sections A. Section 01094 - Definitions B. Section 01300 -Submittals C. Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment r D. Section 09515-Ceiling Tile Reclamation 1.2 Description of Work A. This section describes the requirements for the Contractor and all subcontractors to minimize construction waste and debris and to reuse, salvage, and recycle to the greatest extent feasible. B. This section includes a statement of Smith College's Waste Management Goals, requirements for the development of a draft and final Waste Management Plan, a reference to resources to assist in recycling, and steps for Management Plan Implementation. C. This section specifies certain wastes that are required to be recycled. D. This section specifies obligations for reporting to Smith College weights of materials recycled and materials not recycled or reused throughout the project. 1.3 Intent and Waste Management Goals A. Smith College's waste management goals include increased recycling and conservation of materials. B. Smith College has determined that reducing, to the maximum extent practicable, the amount of waste disposed of in this project is a high priority. The Contractor and subcontractors shall take steps to generate the least amount of waste possible by minimizing waste due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors. C. Of the inevitable waste that is generated, as many of the waste materials as economically feasible shall be segregated for reuse, salvage, or recycling, or recycled as mixed debris. In no case shall material be disposed of in a landfill or incinerator where an approved and less costly recycling or reuse alternative exists. Waste disposal in landfills and incinerators shall be minimized and shall be considered the alternative of last resort. D. With regard to these goals the Contractor shall develop, for the Owner's review and approval, a Waste Management Plan for this Project as described in Section 1.4. 1.4 Draft Waste Management Plan A. Within fourteen (14) calendar days after receipt of Notice of Award of Bid, and prior to any waste removal, the Contractor shall submit a Draft Waste Management Plan to Smith College and Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc. The Draft Waste Management Plan shall contain, as a ,p minimum: 1. A written analysis of the project wastes expected to be generated, by type and approximate quantity. 2. Disposal options: The name of all landfill(s) and/or incinerator(s) proposed for trash disposal, the respective tipping fee(s) for each of these disposal options including transportation costs, and the projected cost of disposing of all Project waste in the landfill(s). CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01505- 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts a. Provide open-mesh, chainlink fencing with posts set in a compacted mixture of gravel and earth. b. Provide plywood fence, 8 feet (2.5 m) high, framed with four 2-by-4-inch (50-by-100- mm) rails, and preservative-treated wood posts spaced not more than 8 feet (2.5 m) apart. 4. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure of partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, and theft. Provide a secure lockup where materials and equipment are of value and must be stored. 5. Environmental Protection: Operate temporary facilities and conduct construction in ways that comply with environmental regulations and minimize the possibility that air, .w waterways, and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted. Avoid use of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise-making equipment to hours that will minimize complaints. E. Operation: Enforce discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability to intended uses to minimize waste and abuse. F. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements. Maintain temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid damage. G. Protection: Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect during excavation. „ H. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, when replaced by a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or restore permanent construction delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and temporary facilities are the Contractor's property. The Owner reserves the right to take possession of project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary paving. Where the area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil in the area. Remove materials contaminated with oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace paving, curbs, and sidewalks at the temporary entrances, as required by the governing authority. 3. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during the construction period. a. Replace air filters and clean inside of ductwork and housings. b. Replace worn parts and parts subject to unusual operating conditions. c. Replace burned out lamps. END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-4 ,�„ Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Where heat is needed and the permanent building enclosure is not complete, provide temporary enclosures where there is no other provision for containment of heat. Coordinate �w enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions. a. Install tarpaulins securely, with incombustible wood framing and other materials. Close openings of 25 sq. ft. (2.3 sq. m) or less with plywood or similar materials. b. Close openings through floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with load-bearing, wood-framed construction. 2. Temporary Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities for hoisting materials and employees. 3. Project Signs: Install project identification and other signs where indicated to inform the public and persons seeking entrance to the Project. Support on framing of preservative- treated wood or steel. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs. Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics. Comply with details indicated. 4. Temporary Exterior Lighting: Install exterior yard and sign lights so signs are visible when Work is being performed. 5. Waste Collection and Disposal: Collect waste daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241. Enforce requirements strictly. Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of g' material lawfully. a. Do not hold materials more than seven (7) days during normal weather or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). b. Refer to Section 01505 Construction and Demolition Waste Management for additional Information. to 5. Stairs: Provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate. Cover finished, permanent stairs with a protective covering of plywood or similar material so finishes will be undamaged at the time of acceptance. D. Security and Protection Facilities Installation: Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over from use of temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. !!' 1. Temporary Fire Protection: Until permanent facilities supply fire-protection needs, install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241. a. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers. b. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. c. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire-exposure areas. d. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition. 2. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with code requirements for erection of barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. 3. Enclosure Fence: Before excavation begins, install an enclosure fence with lockable entrance gates to enclose the entire site or the portion sufficient to accommodate construction. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College .. Northampton, Massachusetts or persist on-site. Return facilities to pre-construction condition at job completion. Clean job office and associated spaces at project completion. B. Temporary Utility Installation: As required. Engage the local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service as required if unavailable from existing �. building services. Where company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company and Smith College recommendations. 1. Arrange with company and Smith College for a time when service can be interrupted to make connections for temporary services. 2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to temporary utility ., availability, provide trucked-in services. 3. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to the site where the Owner's easements cannot be used for that purpose. 4. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the Owner or Architect. Neither the Owner nor Architect will accept cost or use charges as a basis of claims for Change Orders. 5. Temporary Water Service: Install temporary water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures adequate for construction. Maintain service until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize piping prior to use. 6. Temporary Electric Power: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics. Include meters, transformers, overload-protected disconnects, automatic ground-fault interrupters, and main distribution switch gear. Install service underground. a. Power Distribution: Install wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to damage. b. Temporary Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching to fulfill security requirements and illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. 7. Temporary Heat: Provide temporary heat for curing or drying of completed installations or for protection of installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize consumption of energy. a. Heating Facilities: Except where the Owner authorizes use of the permanent system, provide vented, self-contained, LP-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open flame, or salamander heating units is prohibited. 8. Temporary Telephones: Smith College will provide connection for site telephone, data and fax in the provided field office space. Post a list of important telephone numbers near telephone. Smith College shall provide a telephone and data connection. General contractor responsible for phone, fax and computers. 9. Sanitary Facilities: Smith College shall provide location for sanitary facilities for job. General contractor shall provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar disposable materials for each facility. Provide covered waste containers. Contractor shall be responsible for maintenance of facilites during construction. Contractor shall clean facilites at construction conclusion and return in "like new"condition. C. Support Facilities: .. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-2 on Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 01500 -CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL A. Summary: This Section specifies construction facilities and temporary controls including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Building code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. 4. Police, fire department, and rescue squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations. C. Standards: Comply with NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations," ANSI A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition," and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities." 1. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NFPA 70 "National Electric Code." D. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. E. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility. Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and procedures performed on temporary utilities. At the earliest time, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service. F. Refer to"Smith College's Owner Conditions" for additional requirements. 2.0 EXECUTION A. Smith College shall provide a temporary job site office on the premises for the duration of the project. 1. Coordinate with Smith College Physical Plant 2. Additional space may be provided on as needed basis. B. Facilities shall be located where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. 1. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 2. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate safely and efficiently. Relocate as the Work progresses. Do not overload facilities or permit them to interfere with progress. Take necessary fire-prevention measures. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500- 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection and testing. END OF SECTION PIP PIP op W QUALITY CONTROL 01400 -3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College +� Northampton, Massachusetts 1. The agency shall notify the Architect and the Contractor of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. ' 2. The agency shall not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. The agency shall not perform duties of the Contractor. .+ F. Coordination: Coordinate activities to accommodate services with a minimum of delay. Avoid removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. 1. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling inspections, tests, taking samples, and similar activities. G. Submittals: The testing agency shall submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection and test to the Architect. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection or test through the Contractor. 1. Submit additional copies of each report to the governing authority, when the authority so ' directs. 2. Report Data: Reports of each inspection, test, or similar service include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Date of issue. b. Project title and number. c. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. f. Designation of the Work and test method. g. Identification of product and Specification Section. h. Complete inspection or test data. i. Test results and an interpretation of test results. j. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing. k. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work complies with requirements. I. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. m. Recommendations on retesting. H. Qualifications for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies that are prequalified as complying with the American Council of Independent Laboratories' "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" and that specialize Wo in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. 1. Each agency shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state where the Project is located. 2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 3.0 EXECUTION A. Repair and Protection: Upon completion of inspection, testing, and sample taking, repair damaged construction. Restore substrates and finishes. Comply with Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities, and protect repaired construction. QUALITY CONTROL 01400-2 „� Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 01400-QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL A. Quality-control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports performed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by the Architect. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless they are the responsibility of another entity, Contractor shall provide inspections and tests specified elsewhere and required by authorities having jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. 1. Where inspections and tests are the Contractor's responsibility, the Contractor shall employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform these services. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. 6w 2. Where inspections and tests are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services. 3. Where inspections and tests are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will engage the services of a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services. Payment will be made from the Inspection and Testing Allowance, as authorized by Change Orders. a. Where the Owner engages an agency to test or inspect part of the Work and the Contractor is required to engage an entity to test or inspect the same or related element, the Contractor shall not employ the entity engaged by the Owner, unless the Owner agrees in writing. C. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections and tests prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with requirements. 1. The cost of retesting is the Contractor's responsibility where tests performed indicated noncompliance with requirements. D. Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with agencies performing inspections and tests. Provide auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services include the following: 1. Providing access to the Work. 2. Furnishing incidental labor and facilities to assist inspections and tests. 3. Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assisting the agency in taking samples. 4. Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples. 5. Delivering samples to testing laboratories. 6. Providing preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. 7. Providing security and protection of samples and test equipment. E. Duties of the Testing Agency: The testing agency shall cooperate with the Architect and the Contractor in performing its duties. The agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform inspections and tests. 0" QUALITY CONTROL 01400 - 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College .� Northampton, Massachusetts b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each set. 5. Distribution of Samples: Distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, and others as required for performance of the Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms. G. Quality Assurance Submittals: Submit quality-control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer's instructions, and manufacturer's field reports required under other Sections of the Specifications. 1. Certifications: Where certification that a product or installation complies with specified requirements is required, submit a notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance. a. Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company. H. Architect's Action: Except for submittals for the record or information, where action and return are required, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, .A and return. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. 1. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp. The Architect will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate the action taken. w 2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 3.0 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION SUBMITTALS 01300-4 �„ Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. f. Notation of coordination requirements. 2. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of Product Data where selection t of options is required. 3. Submittals: Submit minimum four (4) copies; submit six (6) copies where required for maintenance manuals. The Architect will retain one and return the other marked with action taken. a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Documents is observed, the submittal serves as the final submittal. I 4. Distribution: Furnish copies to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of Product Data is in the Installer's possession. a. Do not use unmarked Product Data for construction. F. Samples: Submit full-size Samples cured and finished as specified and identical with the material proposed. Mount Samples to facilitate review of qualities. FP 1. Include the following: a. Specification Section number and reference. b. Generic description of the Sample. c. Sample source. d. Product name or name of the manufacturer. e. Compliance with recognized standards. f. Availability and delivery time. 2. Submit Samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture, for a check of these characteristics, and for a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed. Where variations are inherent in the material, submit at least three(3) units that show limits of the variations. a. Refer to other Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation, and similar characteristics. b. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be incorporated in the Work. Samples must be undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal, indicate special requests regarding disposition of Sample submittals. C. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or designated as the Owner's property, are the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site. 3. Preliminary Submittals: Submit a full set of choices where Samples are submitted for selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from standard choices. The Architect will review and return submittals indicating selection and other action. !P 4. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit three (3) sets. One set will be returned marked with the action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, at the Project Site, for quality comparison. a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Documents is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. 1P SUBMITTALS 01300 -3 so Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College no Northampton, Massachusetts 7. Work Stages: Indicate important stages for each portion of the Work. we 8. Area Separations: Provide a separate time bar to identify each construction area for each portion of the Work. Indicate where each element must be sequenced with other activities. C. Submittal Schedule: After developing the Contractor's Construction Schedule, prepare a schedule of submittals. Submit within 10 days of submittal of the Construction Schedule. 1. Coordinate with list of subcontracts, Schedule of Values, list of products, and the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Prepare the schedule in chronological order. Provide the following information: a. Date for first submittal. b. Related Section number. c. Submittal category (Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples). d. Name of the subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Date for the Architect's final approval. 3. Schedule Distribution: Distribute copies of the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule to the Architect, Owner, subcontractors, and parties required to comply with submittal dates. Post copies in the field office. a. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their Work and are no longer involved in construction activities. b. Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity where revisions have been made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. D. Shop Drawings: Submit newly prepared information drawn to scale. Indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 6. Sheet Size: Except for templates and full-size Drawings, submit one correctable, reproducible print and one blue- or black-line print on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm) but no larger than 36 by 48 inches (890 by 1220 mm). The Architect will return the reproducible print. a. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken. E. Product Data: Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where Product Data includes „ information on several products, mark copies to indicate applicable information. 1. Include the following information: a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations. b. Compliance with trade association standards. c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. d. Application of testing agency labels and seals. SUBMITTALS 01300-2 .., Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 01300 -SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL A. Submittal Procedures: Coordinate submittal preparation with construction, fabrication, other submittals, and activities that require sequential operations. Transmit in advance of construction operations to avoid delay. 1. Coordinate submittals for related operations to avoid delay because of the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination until related submittals are received. 2. Processing: Allow 2 weeks for initial review. Allow more time if the Architect must delay processing to permit coordination. Allow 2 weeks for reprocessing. a. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. 3. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label on each submittal for identification. Provide a 4- by 5-inch (100- by 125-mm) space on the label or beside title block to record review and approval markings and action taken. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken. a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of the Architect. d. Name and address of the Contractor. e. Name and address of the subcontractor. f. Name and address of the supplier. g. Name of the manufacturer. h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 4. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately. Transmit with a transmittal form. The Architect will not accept submittals from sources other than the Contractor. 5. Transmittal Form: Use AIA Document G810. On the form, record requests for data and deviations from requirements. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with requirements. B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Prepare a horizontal bar-chart-type, contractor's construction schedule. Provide a separate time bar for each activity and a vertical line to identify the first working day of each week. Use the same breakdown of Work indicated in the"Schedule of Values." Indicate estimated completion in 10 percent increments. As Work progresses, mark each bar to indicate actual completion. 1. Submit within 30 days of the date established for"Commencement of the Work." 2. Prepare the schedule on stable transparency, or other reproducible media, of width to show data for the entire construction period. 3. Secure performance commitments from parties involved. Coordinate each element with other activities; include minor elements involved in the Work. Show each activity in proper sequence. Indicate sequences necessary for completion of related Work. 4. Coordinate with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittal Schedule, payment requests, and other schedules. 5. Indicate completion in advance of Substantial Completion. Indicate Substantial Completion to allow time for the Architect's procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 6. Phasing: Show how phased completion affects the Work. SUBMITTALS 01300 - 1 no Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College go Northampton, Massachusetts 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous meeting. Review items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion appropriate to *` Project status. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine «�+ where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how to expedite construction behind schedule; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss revisions required to insure subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 4. Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: a. Time. b. Sequences. c. Status of submittals. d. Deliveries and off-site fabrication problems. e. Temporary facilities and services. f. Quality and work standards. g. Change Orders. 5. Reporting: Distribute meeting minutes to each party present and to parties who should have been present. Include a summary of progress since the previous meeting and report. 6. Schedule Updating: Revise the Contractor's Construction Schedule after each meeting where revisions have been made. Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. E. Meeting Minutes: General Contractor shall be responsible for recording and distribution of Project Construction Meeting Minutes. Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements, and the approved schedule. Promptly distribute the record of the meeting to everyone concerned, including the Owner and the Architect. 1.2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 1.3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION PROJECT MEETINGS 01200-2 ,,,, - Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 01200- PROJECT MEETINGS 1.1 GENERAL A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Preconstruction conferences. 2. Preinstallation conferences. 3. Progress meetings. B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction. Review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of the Owner, Architect, and their consultants; the Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; and other concerned parties shall attend. a. Participants shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items that could affect progress, including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Critical work sequencing. c. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. d. Use of the premises. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a conference before each activity that requires coordination with other operations. 1. Attendees: The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation shall attend. Advise the Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Review the progress of other operations and preparations for the activity under consideration at each preinstallation conference, including requirements for the following: a. Compatibility problems and acceptability of substrates. b. Time schedules and deliveries. c. Manufacturer's recommendations. d. Warranty requirements. e. Inspecting and testing requirements. 3. Do not proceed with the installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate actions necessary to resolve problems and reconvene the conference. D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at the Project Site at regular intervals. Notify the Owner and the Architect of scheduled dates. Coordinate meeting dates with preparation of the payment request. 1. Attendees: The Owner, Architect, and other entities concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or future activities shall be represented. Participants shall be authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. PROJECT MEETINGS 01200- 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College no Northampton, Massachusetts L. Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based w» on CSI's 16-Division format and MasterFormat's numbering system. 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in Specifications is abbreviated. Implied words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Singular words will be interpreted as + plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Streamlined Language: The Specifications generally use the imperative mood and streamlined language. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor or by others when so noted. a. The words "shall be" are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. «w M. Copies of Standards: Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source. .� N. Abbreviations and Names: Where acronyms or abbreviations are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards-generating organization, authorities having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. Refer to Gale Research Co.'s "Encyclopedia of Associations," available in most libraries. O. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For the Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established in conjunction with compliance with standards and regulations bearing upon performance of the Work. 1.2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) „ 1.3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) ,M END OF SECTION REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095-2 .,, Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 01095-REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 1.0 GENERAL A. Definitions: Basic contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings, or other paragraphs or Schedules in the Specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help the reader locate the reference. Location is not limited. C. "Directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" mean directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect, and similar phrases. D. "Approved," when used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. E. "Regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish" means supply and deliver to the Project Site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install" describes operations at the Project Site including the actual unloading, unpacking, assembly, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Installer" is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application, or similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform. 1. The term "experienced,"when used with the term "installer," means having a minimum of 5 previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project, being familiar with the special requirements indicated, and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. a. Using terms such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain work must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." J. "Project Site" is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction, with others performing other work as part of the Project. The extent of the Project Site is shown on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which the Project is to be built. K. "Testing Agencies": A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at the Project Site or elsewhere, and to report on and, if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095- 1 d" Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College ..A Northampton, Massachusetts F. Staff Names: Within 15 days of commencement of construction, submit a list of the Contractor's staff assignments, including the superintendent and other personnel at the Project Site. Identify individuals and their responsibilities. List their addresses and telephone numbers. 1. Post copies in the Project meeting room, the temporary field office, and each temporary telephone. 2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 3.0 EXECUTION A. Inspection of Conditions: Require Installers of major components to inspect substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with inspections and tests to minimize the need to uncover completed construction. C. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials, during handling and installation. Apply protective covering to assure protection from damage. D. Clean and maintain completed construction as necessary through the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects. E. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction to assure that no part is subject to harmful, dangerous, or damaging exposure. Such exposures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Excessive static or dynamic loading. 2. Excessive internal or external pressures. o„ 3. Excessively high or low temperatures. 4. Water or ice. 5. Solvents and chemicals. 6. Abrasion. no 7. Soiling, staining, and corrosion. 8. Combustion. No END OF SECTION we COORDINATION 01040 -2 ,,,, Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining R Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts ON SECTION 01040 -COORDINATION 1.0 GENERAL A. This Section includes requirements for coordinating construction operations including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Coordination drawings. 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 3. Cleaning and protection. 1.1 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate operations that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate contractors where coordination of their work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required procedures with other activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress. Such activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of schedules. 2. Delivery and processing of submittals. 3. Progress meetings and meeting minutes. 4. Project closeout activities. D. Conservation: Coordinate construction to assure that operations are carried out with consideration for conservation of energy, water, and materials. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not incorporated in, the Work. E. Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings if needed for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities. Prepare coordination drawings where limited space necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components. 1. Show the relationship of components shown on separate shop drawings. 2. Indicate required installation sequences. 3. Comply with requirements contained in Section"Submittals." COORDINATION 01040 - 1 w» Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College ., Northampton, Massachusetts G. Construction Change Directive: When Owner and Contractor disagree on the terms of a Proposal Request, the Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Form G714 instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change. 1. The Construction Change Directive contains a description of the change and designates .r the method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or Time. H. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. After completing the change, submit an itemized account and supporting data to substantiate Contract adjustments. , I. Change Order Procedures: Upon the Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, the Contractor will issue a Change Order on AIA Form G701 for Owner and architect signature. 2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) w 3.0 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION .M, MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01035 -2 „ Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 01035 -MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 1.1 GENERAL A. Minor Changes in the Work: The Architect will issue instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work on via written memo and accompanying sketch, where applicable. B. Owner-Initiated Change Order Proposal Requests: The Architect will issue a description of proposed changes in the Work that require adjustment to the Contract Sum or Time. The description may include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Proposal requests are for information only. Do not consider them an instruction to stop work or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within twenty (20) days of receipt, submit an estimate of cost necessary to execute the w change for the Owner's review. a. Include an itemized list of products required and unit costs, with the total amount of purchases. b. Indicate taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Indicate the effect the change will have on the Contract Time. C. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: When unforeseen conditions require modifications, the Contractor may submit a request for a change to the Architect. 1. Describe the proposed change. Indicate reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Contract Sum and Time. 2. Include an itemized list of products required and unit costs, with the total amount of purchases. 3. Indicate taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. D. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709. E. Allowance Adjustment: Base Change Order Proposals on the difference between the purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by the measurement of work-in-place. Allow for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins. 1. Include installation costs only where indicated as part of the allowance. 2. Prepare explanations and documentation to substantiate margins claimed. 3. Submit substantiation of a change in work claimed in the Change Orders related to unit- cost allowances. F. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in the allowance, whether for purchase order amount or handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within twenty-one (21) days of receipt of authorization to proceed. The Owner will reject claims submitted later than twenty-one (21) days. 1. Do not include indirect expense in cost amount unless the Work has changed from that described in Contract Documents. 2. No change to indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01035 - 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 01030 -ALTERNATES 1.0 GENERAL A. An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. B. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully integrate that Work into the Project. C. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. D. Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the Work described under each alternate. 2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 3.0 EXECUTION A. Schedule of Alternates: 1. Alternate #1: Remove existing cabinetry at Cushing and Emerson Dishwash rooms as indicated on plans (EX-1.0). Patch existing linoleum flooring with materials to match. Provde welded seam at joint of new and existing flooring. Patch walls at removed cabinets to provide smooth and even surface. Walls to be primed and painted. Smith College Dining Services to provide and install new shelving as indicated on the plans. END OF SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES 01030- 1 to - Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 6. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 7. Copies of building permits. . 8. Copies of licenses from governing authorities. 9. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. ! ! 10. Performance and payment bonds. ' K. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. 1. Administrative actions and submittals that shall precede or coincide with this application include the following: a. Occupancy permits. b. Warranties and maintenance agreements. C. Test/adjust/balance records. d. Maintenance instructions. e. Meter readings. f. Changeover information related to Owner's occupancy. g. Final cleaning. h. Application for reduction of retainage and consent of surety. L. Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of the final Application for Payment include the following: 1. Completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion. 3. Transmittal of Project construction records to the Owner. 4. Certified property survey. 5. Proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 6. Removal of temporary facilities and services. 7. Change of door locks to Owner's access. 2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 3.0 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027 -3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College .. Northampton, Massachusetts 6. Show line items for indirect costs and margins on costs only when such items are listed individually in Applications for Payment. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include the total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit margin for each item. a. Temporary facilities and items that are not direct cost of work-in-place may be shown as separate line items or distributed as general overhead expense. 7. Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives change the Contract Sum. D. Applications for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by the Architect and paid for by the Owner. E. Payment-Application Times: Payment dates are indicated in the Agreement. The period covered by each application is the period indicated in the Agreement. F. Payment-Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and Continuation Sheets G703 as the form for Applications for Payment. G. Application Preparation: Complete every entry, including notarization and execution by a person authorized to sign on behalf of the Contractor. The Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and the Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued prior to the last day of the construction period covered by the application. H. Transmittal: Submit 3 executed original copies of each Application for Payment to the Architect within 24 hours. One copy shall be complete, including waivers of lien and similar attachments. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal listing attachments and recording appropriate information related to the application. I. Waivers of Mechanics Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of lien from every entity who may file a lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for the amount requested, prior to deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 3. Submit each Application for Payment with Contractor's waiver of lien for the period of construction covered by the application. a. Submit final Applications for Payment with final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who may file a lien. 4. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, and executed in a manner, acceptable to the Owner. J. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. List of principal suppliers and fabricators. 3. Schedule of Values. 4. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). 5. Submittal Schedule (preliminary if not final). APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027-2 ,,., - Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 01027-APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 1.0 GENERAL A. Coordinate the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment with the Contractor's Construction Schedule, Submittal Schedule, and List of Subcontracts. B. Schedule of Values: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules and forms, including: a. Contractor's Construction Schedule. b. Application for Payment forms, including Continuation Sheets. C. List of subcontractors. d. List of products. we e. List of principal suppliers and fabricators. f. Schedule of submittals. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values at the earliest possible date but no later than seven (7) days before the date scheduled for submittal of the initial Applications for Payment. C. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish the format for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification ear Section. 1. Include the following Project identification: 40 a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. C. Project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of Work. C. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers)that affect value. g. Dollar value. h. Percentage of Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate evaluation of Applications for Payment. Break subcontract amounts down into several line items. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; the total shall equal the Contract Sum. 4. Provide a separate line item for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment !! may include materials or equipment, purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. 5. Provide separate line items for initial cost of the materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027- 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College -s Northampton, Massachusetts 1. Prepare and deliver unused material for storage by Owner when it is not economically practical to return the material for credit. Otherwise, disposal of unused material is the Contractor's responsibility. 2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 3.0 EXECUTION A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly upon delivery for damage or defects. B. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. END OF SECTION ALLOWANCES 01020-2 ,,,, Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 1014/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining +! Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts OF SECTION 01020 -ALLOWANCES 1.0 GENERAL !P A. Selected materials and equipment, and in some cases installation, are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. Allowances are established to defer selection of actual on materials and equipment until additional information is available. Additional requirements will be issued by Change Order. B. Types of allowances required include the following: 1. Lump-sum allowances. 2. Unit-cost allowances. 3. Contingency allowances. 4. Inspection and testing allowances. C. Division 1 Section "Modification Procedures" specifies procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders. D. Selection and Purchase: At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise the Architect of the date when selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work. E. At the Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work. F. Purchase products and systems from the designated supplier. G. Submittals: Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders. 1. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfilling each allowance. H. Contingency Allowances: Use contingency allowance only as directed for the Owner's purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance. 1. Related costs for products and equipment ordered under the contingency allowance, including delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, and similar costs, are not part of the OR Contract Sum. 2. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit. 3. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner by Change Order. I. Inspection and testing allowances include the cost of engaging inspection or testing agencies, the actual inspections and tests, and reporting the results. 1. The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or costs for retesting upon failure of previous tests and inspections. Costs of services not required by the Contract Documents are not included in the allowance. 2. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the inspection and testing allowance to Owner by Change Order. J. Unused Materials: Return unused materials for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted. ALLOWANCES 01020 - 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts G. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of the building prior to Substantial Completion. Placing equipment and partial occupancy do not constitute acceptance of the Work. 1. The Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each portion of Work occupied prior to Owner occupancy. 2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from building officials prior to Owner occupancy. 3. Mechanical and electrical systems shall be operational and required inspections and tests completed prior to partial Owner occupancy. 4. The Owner will be responsible for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of the building. END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-2 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 01010 -SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL A. The Project consists of renovations to an existing dining hall and adjacent kitchen, construction of a new entry and entry porch, and construction of new addition for dry storage, a new walk-in cooler and a new walk-in freezer for the existing kitchen. 1. Project Location: Cushing House, Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts. 2. Project Location: Emerson House, Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts. 3. Project Location: King & Scales Dining Hall, Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts. 4. Owner: Trustees of Smith College, Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts. B. Contract Documents, dated "ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007" were prepared for the Project by: e 1. Architect: Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc., 136 West Street, Northampton, MA 01060 2. MEP/FP: Lingren & Sharples, P.C., 435 Cottage Street, Springfield, MA 01104- 4005 C. The Work consists of renovations to existing dining rooms in residence halls on the Smith College Campus. New serving lines and beverage areas shall be installed in the Cushing and Emerson dining rooms. New finishes will be provided at the floors, walls and ceilings in both dining halls. Installation of new acoustical ceiling panels at the King & Scales Dining Hall shall also be included in this project as a separate line item. 1. The Work includes but is not limited to: repair of existing entry from exterior to Cushing and Emerson Dining Halls, vinyl and/or linoleum flooring as indicated on finish shedule, new and/or repaired gypsum wall board at walls and ceilings, new cabinetry at dining rooms both fixed at walls and moveable at serving lines, new and restored painted wood trim and detailing at dining room, new and restored ceiling coffers and beams, new acoustical tile ceiling, installation of new fabric op wrapped acoustical panels at ceiling, combination of Energy Star certified up and down lighting, revised sprinkler systems, and new and relocated plumbing at serving lines and new and relocated electrical. New furniture, booths, banquettes and window shears shall be provided and installed under separate contract by Smith College. Their installation shall be supervised by the General Contractor. D. The Work will be constructed under a single prime contract. E. Contractor Use of Premises: During construction the Contractor shall have full use of premises, including use of the site. The Contractor's use of premises is limited only by the Owner's right to perform work or employ other contractors on portions of the Project. F. Use of the Site: Limit use of premises to areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of the site beyond the areas indicated. 1. Keep driveways and entrances clear. Do not use these areas for parking or material storage. Schedule deliveries to minimize on-site storage of materials and equipment. 2. General Contractor shall provide barrier to protect area(s) outside of go contract/scope of work from dust and debris resulting from these renovations. SUMMARY OF WORK 01010- 1 a Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 5. Fire Protection: Firm: City/State: Alternative Firm: City/State: 6. Plumbing: Firm: City/State: Alternative Firm: City/State: 7. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning: Firm: City/State: Alternative Firm: " City/State: 8. Electrical: Firm: City/State: Alternative Firm: City/State: END OF SECTION BID FORM SUPPLEMENT—PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS 00438-2 ,� Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 00438 BID FORM SUPPLEMENT—PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS Indicate names of firms proposed for principal portions of Work and change to Base Bid for Alternative Firms. The Contractor attests that the below costs for alternative subcontractors (as approved by Owner) include all labor, materials, overhead, profit, insurance for subcontractor and General Contractor, to provide the finished Work of the types itemized herein. Breakdown category and proposed firm 1. Architectural woodwork(millwork and casework): Firm: City/State: Alternative Firm: City/State: 2. Gypsum Wall Board: Firm: 1P City/State: Alternative Firm: City/State: 3. Flooring Firm: City/State: Alternative Firm: City/State: 4. Painting and coatings: Firm: City/State: Alternative Firm: City/State: BID FORM SUPPLEMENT—PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS 00438-1 .. Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Dateof Bid: .................................................. ....................................................................... ....................................................................... (Name of Bidder—Company Name) BY (Name of person signing Bid &Title) (Business Mailing Address) (City/Town, State and Zip Code) Corporate Seal (Business Telephone Number) Note: If the bidder is a corporation, indicate state of incorporation under signature and affix corporate .�► seal; if partnership, give full names and residential address of all partners; and if an individual give residential address if different from business address. END OF DOCUMENT BID FORM 00410-4 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts I. The Bidder hereby agrees to commence work on or after receipt of Notice to Proceed or suitable Letter of Intent, to pursue the Work with diligence. The House must be made a safe environment by JANUARY 28, 2008. Substantial Completion and work complete in the kitchen and dining room shall be no later than JANUARY 21, 2008. J. The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as the Contractor, he will within five days, ' Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the Owner, execute a contract in accordance with the terms of this general bid and furnish a Performance Bond and also a Labor and Material or Payment Bond, each of a surety company qualified to do .. business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the Owner and each in the sum of the contract price, the premiums for which are to be paid by the Contractor and are pw included in the contract price. K. The undersigned Bidder agrees to provide, as an integral part of this Bid, a separate attachment entitled"BID FORM, RESUME AND QUALIFICATIONS OF PROJECT SUPERINTENDENT". Attachment shall include Contractor's intended Project Superintendent's resume defining the superintendent's qualifications, and years of experience with Bidding Contractor. L. The undersigned Bidder agrees to provide, as an integral part of this Bid, a separate attachment entitled"BID FORM SUPPLEMENT— PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS" stating names of firms proposed listing portions of Work. M. Labor: The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is able to furnish labor and services that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the Work. F-P N. The Bidder agrees that this Bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 30 calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids. O. The Bidder understands the Owner's right to reject any and all bids. P. The undersigned further certifies that under the penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects bona fide, fair, and made without collusion, or fraud with any other person. As used in this document, the word "person"shall mean any natural person,joint venture, partnership, corporation, or other business or legal entity. BID FORM 00410-3 0 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts E. Addenda: The Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda, and has taken them into consideration in the preparation of this Bid: Addenda No. dated: Addenda No. dated: .� Addenda No. dated: Addenda No. dated: F. Alternates: The undersigned Bidder submits the following alternate prices, as described in the Bidding Documents, which are to be added to or deducted from the above stated Base Bid Price, as may be selected by the Owner for inclusion into this Contract. (In the event that an alternate does not affect the contract Price, the Bidder shall remark"No Charge".) .� Add Alternates Deduct Alternates ForAlternate No. 1: $.......................................... $........................................... G. Cost Breakdown of total contract price; (Sum of breakdown equals Proposed Bid Price). 1. General conditions and miscellaneous $........................................... 2. Overhead and Profit $........................................... 3. Wood and Plastics $........................................... 4. Thermal and Moisture Protection $........................................... 5. Finishes $........................................... 6. Specialties $........................................... 7. Equipment $........................................... 8. Mechanical $........................................... 9. Electrical $........................................... 10. General Contractor—Ceiling, King & Scales $........................................... 11. Sub-Contractor—Ceiling, King & Scales $........................................... H. The undersigned Bidder agrees to the following maximum mark-up percentages for overhead, profit and taxes, computed on the total of labor and materials only, for additional work authorized by the Owner during the performance of the Work. 1. For subcontractors, allow ten percent(10%) on their own work. 2. For the Contractor, allow five percent(5%) on the work of subcontractors 3. For the Contractor, allow ten percent(10%) on Work of his/her own employees. BID FORM 00410-2 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 00410 -BID FORM t► BID OF: (Name of Bidder) TO: The Trustee's of the Smith College, herein called the Owner, per the attentions of go Smith College Physical Plant Smith College 126 West Street Northampton, MA 01063 A. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents, to complete all Work as specified and indicated in the Bidding Documents for the stipulated Contract Price stated herein, and within the time limit indicated in this Bid and in compliance with the Contract Documents and all applicable legal requirements. B. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he or she has visited the site and the conditions present and has carefully examined the Bidding Documents, together with all Addenda issued, received and acknowledged below, and has familiarized himself or herself with the legal requirements (federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations) and other conditions which may affect the cost, progress or performance of Work, and has made independent investigations, deemed necessary by the Bidder. C. The undersigned Bidder hereby offers and agrees to provide all labor, services, products, and materials required in the performance of Work to complete the following named project: we Renovations to Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Architect and in accordance with the accompanying Bidding and Contract Documents, dated "ISSUED FOR BIDDING, 10/4/2007" as prepared by Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc., Northampton, Massachusetts, for the Contract price specified below, subject to additions and deductions according to the terms of the Contract Documents. D. The proposed total contract price is: (Base Bid— NOT INCLUDING ALTERNATES) ..............................................................Dollars (total contract price amount in words,which governs) ($................................................................................................................) (total contract price amount in numbers) BID FORM 00410-1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts within the time limit was invalid, or because the general bidder fails to execute .. the general contract or to provide a performance bond and labor and materials or payment bond. 1.14 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS r� A. Bidders will not be required to provide Performance and Labor bonds for the work of this Contract. .A 1.15 COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AND TIME OF CONTRACT COMPLETION A. The successful Bidder may begin on-site work on, or after receipt of a written Notice to Proceed, or suitable letter of Intent. After commencement of work, the Contractor shall pursue the Work continuously and with diligence, and bring the Project to be safe for early resident occupancy by MONDAY,JANUARY 28, 2008 and Substantial Completion no later than MONDAY,JANUARY 21, 2008. 1. Substantial completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the ., Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. This includes any and all permits required by governmental agencies necessary for occupancy and use. END OF DOCUMENT .w w., es. w INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200 -6 , Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1.11 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS A. The Owner shall have the right to waive any informalities, to reject any or all Bids, to reject a Bid based on attached data required by Bidding documents, or reject a Bid which is any way incomplete or irregular. B. No bid shall be considered which is not based on the Contract Documents. Further, no bid will be considered which contains any letters or memorandum qualifying the Proposal, or which is not properly executed, or which is not accompanied with the requested data and attachments. C. In case of discrepancy between the numerical number and written number, the written number will be controlling and will be considered to be the actual Bid of the Bidder. 1.12 METHOD OF CONTRACT AWARD A. The intent of Owner is to award a Contract to the Bidder whose qualifications and proposed bid sum, are, in the Owner's judgment, in the Owner's best interest. 1. The Owner reserves the right to accept a Proposal other than the lowest bid, to waive all informalities or irregularities in a Bid received, and to accept the bid which in its judgment best serves the interests of the Owner. OR 2. The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and the Alternates accepted. 3. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, which in his opinion is in his best interest to do so. B. The successful bidder will be notified in writing, by mail or otherwise, that his bid has been accepted and that he has been awarded the contract. 1.13 EXECUTION OF CONTRACTS A. Execution of Agreement: The General Bidder who is selected as the Contractor shall promptly confer with the Owner on any questions concerning major sub-bidders and shall execute an Agreement with the Owner within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of award of Contract. 1. The successful Bidder will be required to execute AIA Document A101, "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor." B. Failure to enter into a Contract: If the Bidder selected as the contractor fails to perform his agreement to execute the contract in accordance with the terms of his general bid a furnish a performance bond and also a labor and materials bond as stated in his general bid, the Owner reserves the right to make an award to another Bidder. 1. The thirty (30) daytime limit will not apply to a second of subsequent award made after the expiration of the time limit with the consent of said next lowest responsible and eligible bidder and made because the original award made INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200-5 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College ,® Northampton, Massachusetts 1. No substitutions will be considered after Award of Contract. go 1.9 SUBMITTAL, RECEIPT AND OPENING OF PROPOSALS A. Proposals will be received for the Project by the Owner, as follows: ON 1. Bid Proposal for the Base Bid, including Schedule of Values and Unit Prices, and qualification attachments will be received by the Owner until date and time stated in the INVITATION TO BID. ""° 2. Any Proposal or portion thereof, received after the stipulated time will be due cause for rejection of Bidder's Proposal. .. B. Proposal shall be submitted, in duplicate, in a sealed 'bid envelope' bearing the Bidder's name and address for identification. Identify envelope on front face as follows: "Renovations to Cushing and Emerson House Dining". '" C. Enclosed sealed 'bid envelope' in an outer envelope to mail or deliver bids; outer envelope shall be addressed: Smith College Physical Plant Smith College 126 West Street Northampton, MA 01063 D. Facsimile transmitted proposals will be rejected without review. E. No Bidder shall modify, withdraw or cancel his proposal or any part thereof for a period of sixty (60) calendar days following date of receipt of proposals. F. Opening of Proposals will be private. Bidders may not be present at time of opening of Proposals. 1. A tabulation of Proposals will not be distributed to Bidders. 1.10 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID A. A bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date for the receipt of Bids and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a bid. B. Every bid which is not in the form requested, or which is incomplete, conditional or obscure may be rejected by the Owner, if it be in its interest to do so. C. Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by written notice to Office of the Architect. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder or by telegram; if by telegram, written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. D. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these instructions to Bidders. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200-4 .� Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts C. Interpretations of questions raised by bidders, which in the opinion of the Architect require interpretation, and supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda. Oral interpretations given to prospective bidders will have no standing. All NP addenda will be sent by overnight mail or facsimile transmittal to all who are known by the Architect to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents. 1. No Addenda will be issued later than three days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the time for receipt of Bids. + ! D. It shall be the sole responsibility of bidders to ascertain the existence of any and all addenda issued by the Architect whether or not the addenda is presented or mailed to or received by the bidder. E. As specified under the General and Supplementary Conditions, all addenda issued shall become part of the Contract Documents. 1.7 BID FORM A. Bidders shall completely fill-in the Bid Form included. Modify Bid form only as specified by Addendum. 1. All blank spaces on Bid Form shall be filled in; numbers shall be stated in both writing and numerals 2. Bidders shall acknowledge all alternates, allowances and addenda where indicated on the Bid Form. 3. Proposals shall include cost breakdowns and all attachments indicated on the sample Bid Form and as required in these instructions to Bidders. „ 4. Proposals shall be completed without intedineations, alterations or erasures. 5. Completed Proposals shall be signed with legal signature of Bidder. B. Each Bidder's Proposal shall include the following attachments. Bids submitted without ALL of the following items shall be considered incomplete and are subject for rejection. 1. Notarized assurance of Bidder's bonding eligibility on surety company's own letterhead. 2. Resume and Qualifications of Project Superintendent. 3. List of Proposed Subcontractors, stating names of firms proposed for principal go portions of Work. 1.8 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200-3 an Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1.4 PREBID CONFERENCE A. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled at location, time and date indicated in the invitation to Bid. Bidders are strongly encouraged to attend the pre-bid meeting. B. This meeting has been scheduled to: 1. Assist Bidders in understanding the intent of the Bidding Documents. 2. Review with the Architect/Engineer ambiguities, inconsistencies, errors or omissions discovered in the Bidding Documents 3. Provide for identification and discussion of potential problems that may arise during the administration of any subsequent contract, 4. Provide an opportunity for an examination of the existing structure to the extent reasonably discoverable by nondestructive means, 5. Permit bidders an opportunity to visit the site for determining extent of work, and w. quantities of materials required for the Work. 1.5 BIDDERS REPRESENTATIONS A. The Bidder by making a Proposal represents the following: 1. The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents and the Bid is made in accordance with them 2. The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with location conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has carefully examined the Bidding Documents, together with all Addenda issued, received and acknowledged below, and familiarized himself or herself with the legal requirements (federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations)and other conditions which may affect the cost, progress or performance of Work. 3. The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the Bid Documents without exceptions 4. The Bidder acknowledges that his or her failure to acquaint himself or herself with the existing conditions and Contract Documents shall in no way relieve the Bidder from any obligations with respect to his or her bid. 1.6 ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS A. The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents, examine the site and local conditions and at once report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered B. All questions by prospective bidders as to the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be submitted in writing to the Architect's office and should be in its possession at least seven calendar days before the date set for the receipt of general bids. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200-2 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts on SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.1 APPROVED BIDDERS to A. The Trustee's of the Smith College, hereinafter referred to as Owner, will receive proposals from a selected list of invited Bidders for Renovations to Cushing and Emerson House Dining, Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts. Proposals will be accepted only from those Bidders who have been previously selected by Owner. 1. Unsolicited proposals of individuals, partnerships, companies or corporations will not be considered. 2. Bid and scope of project shall also include minor renovations at the ceiling of the King & Scales Dining Room located adjacent to the main project. 1.2 TYPE OF CONTRACT A. Owner intends to award a single Stipulated Sum Contract for performance of all work required by the Contract Documents, including General, Mechanical, Plumbing, Fire Prevention Systems, and Electrical work. 1. Unsolicited proposals of individuals, partnerships, companies or corporations will not be considered. 1.3 AVAILABILITY OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS A. Copies of the Bidding and Contract Documents, may be obtained at the Physical Plant Reception Desk after 12 PM LOCAL TIME,THURSDAY, OCTOBER 4, 2007, weekdays Monday to Friday from 7AM to 5 PM at: Smith College Physical Plant Smith College 126 West Street Northampton, MA 01063 B. Refundable Deposit Required: Cash, check or money order payable to the Owner in the amount of One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($150.00) per set. The deposits will be refunded upon return of the documents in good condition within thirty (30) calendar days after opening of the General Bids, otherwise the deposit shall be the property of the Owner. 1. Upon payment of deposit, General Contractors will receive Contract Documents in the form of two bound sets of prints and two Project Manuals. Bidders shall be responsible for distribution of the Contract Documents. The Owner will provide no additional sets. 2. Additional sets may be purchased directly from the Owner's printer at a non- refundable cost set by the printer. Do not contact Smith College, the Architect, or the project engineers for copies of drawings. NO EXCEPTIONS! Printer: New England Blueprint Paper Co., Inc., 302 Locust Street, Springfield, Massachusetts, phone: 413-737-3556 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200- 1 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts MEANS OF EGRESS: Two existing exit stairs are provided for the upper floors. . Two exit doors are provided for each dining room. One double door exiting to lobby and one single door exiting directly to the exterior. Exit signs and emergency lighting are installed. Two exit stairs are provided from the basement areas. HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY: Both dormitories are accessible. The Emerson Dining Room is accessible from an existing ramp adjacent to the Space. The Cushing Dining Room is accessible from a ramp at the adjacent Living Room. Accessible bathrooms are existing and located adjacent to each dining room at the first. TOILETS & FIXTURES: Accessible public bathrooms exist on the first floor of the building of each dormitory. CODE REVIEW 3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Emerson A-3 space includes area of decommissioned and closed Jordan House Dining Room and Kitchen (Jordan House adjacent to Emerson). Space is separated from Emerson House by 1-hr rated wall. Occupancy load: M, Cushing 79 occupants—58 single rooms, 9 doubles, 1 triple 1 dining room with attached, shared kitchen. -76 seats IN 79 + 76 = 155 total occupants Egress width per occupant: (with sprinklers) Stairs= .2 x 140= 31" N, Corridors &doors = .2 x 155 = 31" Minimum allowed width: corridors, 44", stairs 44" Emerson .■ 87 occupants—61 single rooms, 13 doubles 1 dining room with attached, shared kitchen. -74 seats 87+ 74 = 161 total occupants Egress width per occupant: (with sprinklers) Stairs = .2 x 140= 32.2" Corridors &doors = .2 x 155 = 32.2" Minimum allowed width: corridors, 44", stairs 44" FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS Structure element Fire resistance Ratings of Structural Elements Type 3B (hours) Exterior wall Loadbearing 2 Nonloadbearing 0 Fire walls and party walls 2 .,. Fire separation assemblies Fire enclosure of exits 2 Shafts Shafts and hoistwa s 2 Mixed use &fire area 2 separation Other separation 1 assemblies Fire partitions Exit access corridors 1 *� Tenants ace separation 0 Dwelling unit separations '/2 CMR 711.1 Smoke barriers 1 .. Other non load bearing partitions 0 Interior load bearing walls, Supporting more than 0 partitions, columns girders, trusses one floor (other than roof trusses)and framing Structural members supporting wall 0 Floor construction including beams 0 Roof construction including beams, 0 trusses and framing, arches and roof deck CODE REVIEW 2 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts CODE REVIEW PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The Work consists of renovations to three (3) existing dining halls in residence halls on the Smith College Campus. New serving lines and beverage areas shall be installed in the Cushing and Emerson dining rooms. New finishes will be provided at the floors, walls and ceilings in both dining halls. Work at the near-by King &Scales dining room shall consist of the installation of new fabric wrapped acoustical ceiling panels at the ceiling. GENERAL INFORMATION th Applicable Building Code: Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code, 780 CMR, 6 Edition SITE INFORMATION: Project Address: Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts Parcel Number: Net Site Area: Not applicable. Zoning District: URC BUILDING INFORMATION: Number of Floors: 4 + basement Occupancy Use Groups: R-2, A3 Construction Type: 3B(noncombustible, unprotected) Fire protection: Sprinkled 5 Exterior loadbearing wall rating: 2-hr. Exterior non-bearing wall rating: 0-hr. *"! Occupancy separations: 1-hr BUILDING AREA CALCULATIONS Occupancy Use Groups: R-2, A-3 Base allowable area with 75%frontage increase: 3 story (40') at 16,800 S.F./floor Additional story and height for sprinkler: 4 story, 60' !! Existing R-2 area, Cushing: 1St floor 1134 s.f 2nd floor 6706 s.f 3rd floor 6706 s.f 4th floor 6706 s.f Existing R-2 area, Emerson: 1 St floor 1096 s.f 2nd floor 10616 s.f 3rd floor 10616 s.f 4th floor 10616 s.f Occupancy Use Groups: A-3 Base allowable area with 75%frontage increase: 2 story (30') at 14,700 S.F./floor Additional story and height for sprinkler: 3 story, 50' Existing A-3 area, Cushing: 1St floor 5572 s.f Existing A-3 area, Emerson: 1St floor 7632 s.f. Shared Kitchen: 1St floor 1888 s.f. CODE REVIEW 1 Excess Liability 1,000,000 Each Occurrence 1,000,000 Aggregate !M Umbrella Form required unless otherwise agreed. You may substitute a higher amount of general liability coverage in lieu of a follow form umbrella, as long as the sum meets or exceeds the amount of general liability coverage as requested. You must indicate on your certificate the full amount of insurance carried, even if it is less than the amount requested. PLEASE NOTE: The following wording must appear on every insurance certificate submitted: The Trustees of Smith College and M present or former trustee director, officer, administer, employee student volunteer worker or Agent is added as an additional insured to the General Liability, Auto, Employers,Liabilily and Excess Policies, as their r interests may ppear This insurance shall not terminate without at least twenty- (20) day's prior written notice to the college. Please add the college to all applicable policies as additional insured and instruct your insurance agent(s)to forward original insurance certificates directly to: Smith College Purchasing Department 126 West Street Northampton, MA 01063 And a Copy To: Charlie Conant - Smith College 126 West Street Northampton, MA 01063-you may fax to (413)585-2398. V You will be required to maintain adequate insurance coverage throughout the entire period of your contract or supplier relationship with the college. The insurance agent must provide new original certificates directly to the college whenever new policies are issued or policies are changed or updated. Failure to have or maintain coverage or to provide original certificates may be cause for cancellation or non-renewal or your contract. IP SMITH COLLEGE LIABILITY INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS All contractors who routinely transact business on the Smith College Campus must meet the following insurance requirements: General Liability: 2,000,000 General Aggregate 1,000,000 Product/Completed Operations 1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury 50,000 Fire Damage Legal Liability 5,000 Medical Expense Coverage is to include Broad Form Property Damage, XCU hazard(if appropriate), Contractual Liability and be Occurrence Form unless otherwise agreed. Auto Liability !R 1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Coverage is to include All Owned Autos or Scheduled Autos and Hired Autos and Non Owned Autos. Worker's Compensation Statutory Worker's Compensation Worker's Liability 1,000,000 Disease—Policy Limit 500,000 Disease—Each Employee 500,000 Each Accident (Not required of proprietorships and partnerships,which have no employees, if any employees are subcontracted, coverage will be required, even if the employees are considered"independent contractors". A statement via letter must be provided with the certificates or policy copies stating that the firm has no employees other than the proprietor or partners. A certificate showing coverage of Health Insurance is required of all-sole proprietor or partners. A certificate showing coverage of health insurance is required of all-sole proprietors and partners.) Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts of the U.S. department of labor(OSHA). Each Subcontractor shall issue and enforce the use of all personal protection equipment as required while on-site. The Contractor, Subcontractor and Supplier shall comply with all the statutory regulations and requirements including but not limited to the following: ❑ Occupational Safety and Health act of 1970 as amended. ❑ 29 CFR01926 OSHA Hazardous Communications Standards. ❑ State Department of Labor and Industry Division of Industrial Safety ❑ Insurance Safety Requirements/Owner Controlled Insurance Program ❑ General Contractor's written safety program. ❑ Local safety regulations. ❑ Hard hats and appropriate personal protection equipment shall be worn at all times while in .,. the designated construction area. Failure to comply and the Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier shall be fully responsible for all fines and penalties. Subcontractors and suppliers shall notify the General Contractor of all accidents occurring on the job site to persons or property and shall provide the General Contractor with a copy of all accident reports within five days of occurrence. In the event of OSHA fines being charged to this project, the offending subcontractor agrees to pay that portion assessed against the General Contractor, which was directly attributable to the subcontractors work. Code Compliance: Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers will comply with all applicable codes and regulations and requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction. Subcontractor requirements: All Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers require the following items prior to proceeding with any work, or receiving any payments: *� a. List of subcontractors and suppliers b. Schedule of values. c. Progress schedule. d. List of Contractor's personnel, addresses, telephone numbers and copies of licenses. e. Copies of all permits and permit applications f. Certificate of insurance with the Owner and General Contractor indicated as additionally insured. .� g. Performance and payment bonds(if required). h. Executed letter of intent, contract or purchase order. i. Executed Owner Control of Insurance Program forms. SMITH COLLEGE'S OWNER CONDITIONS 4 I! Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts In addition, the Contractor is also hereby made aware of the requirement to provide a submittal to the Owner documenting the proper handling, removal and disposal of asbestos and lead containing materials for final payment/closeout. 0 Any other hazards not identified should immediately be brought to the attention of the General Contractor and to Smith College. Keys: The College will provide the General Contractor with the necessary keys if needed for the project. The contractor will sign a key form stating what key or keys are issued to them. It is the responsibility of the contractor to return the keys to the Smith College Project Manager. The General Contractor will receive a copy of the key form, signed by the college that states the keys have been returned. Failure to comply with said terms will result in a charge of$250.00 per key. The college reserves the right to deduct this amount from the final invoice. Loss of master keys will result in the re-keying of the entire building at the General Contractor's expense. Cleaning: The General Contractor will provide dumpsters. All contractors are required to clean their work areas daily. If necessary, the General Contractor will clean at the Subcontractor's expense. Substance Abuse: Substance abuse of any kind will not be tolerated and shall be cause for removal from the project or immediate termination of employment. Supervision: Subcontractors are required to employ competent supervisors and field personnel and shall coordinate their work with the work of all other trades. Temporary power: The Contractor will provide necessary temporary lights&power and cover. The Owner will pay for electrical power consumed. Temporary sanitary facilities: The General Contractor will provide portable toilets for the duration of the construction project. The General Contractor will also provide potable water. The Plumbing Contractor will provide temporary connections to the water service for non-potable water usage. The Owner will pay for the cost of water consumed. Telephone service: The Contractor will provide telephone service and be responsible for all associated costs. Hoisting and Scaffolding: The General Contractor or the subcontractors are to provide their own ladders, scaffolding, IF staging, and hoisting equipment and all the necessary equipment to accomplish their work. Installation of any staging or scaffolding should be coordinated with the General Contractor. Subcontractors and Suppliers: Prior to their work each Subcontractor shall submit to the General Contractor for approval a complete list of all Sub-subcontractors and suppliers that the Subcontractor will employ or purchase from. A Subcontractor is responsible for the compliance of its Subcontractor and/or Suppliers to all terms and conditions of the Subcontract. Safety: Each Contractor, Subcontractor and Supplier is responsible for the health and safety of its own workers and for complying with the latest applicable regulations, including, but not limited to those SMITH COLLEGE'S OWNER CONDITIONS 3 am Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College me Northampton, Massachusetts treatment rebate. Any local, state, or federal energy rebate programs should also be explored for inclusion with the project. Use of Premises: The General Contractor will control the use of the premises throughout the entire construction project. All subcontractors are to arrange with the General Contractor all deliveries and need for storage and office space and coordination of installation of major equipment. The construction workforce is to be restricted to the construction area and the construction limit. Any employee that doesn't adhere to these limits will be terminated. Interruption Requests: 1. All utility (electrical, water, sewer, gas, telephone, hot water, steam and air conditioning) ■* interruptions are to be made during the Owner's defined "off hours" unless other times are agreed to in writing. 2. The General Contractor shall request the Owner's approval a minimum of 72 hours in w advance of any utility interruption. There shall be no additional cost to the Owner. a) Notify the Fire department of Northampton, and the Physical Plant department of any interruptions to the fire alarm or the fire sprinkler systems. The college will notify the proper insurance carriers of the"out-of-service" condition. ** 3. The General Contractor shall submit any request that differ from the above to the Owner's project manager a minimum of 72 hours in advance. Some changes may be possible depending on the circumstances and time of the year. Harassment: Harassment of any kind will not be tolerated on this project or on the campus. This includes any inappropriate actions or noises either on the construction site or in the surrounding area. It is strongly recommended that all contractors instruct their employees to limit their contact with college personnel staff or students. Any occurrence of harassment will be cause for immediate termination and possibly removal of subcontractor from the site. The General Contractor will strictly enforce these harassment policies. Noise control: As maintained by Smith College, noise generated by subcontractors must be controlled to a + maximum level of 80dB. The city of Northampton also has a noise ordinance which restricts noise before 7 a.m. and after 11:00 PM. Be advised that activities will be restricted if noise levels exceed the allowable limits. a. "Noisy"Tasks: As defined by the Owner's Project Manager, such as concrete demolition, sawing, or drilling, shall be done during off hours at no additional cost to the Owner, unless other times are agreed to in writing. For the portion of time that the building is still occupied while under construction, it is requested that all of the above mentioned activities take place after 7:00 am. Objectionable Tasks: Operations producing objectionable odors to occupants/users of the project facility/building, such .. as floor mastic, painting, etc., shall be performed during off-hours, unless other times are agreed to in writing. Known & Unknown Hazards: The Contractor shall be made aware that asbestos and lead-containing materials may be present in the existing building in areas to be demolished. Upon discovery, the Contractor shall perform any removal of such materials in accordance with Local, State and Federal Regulations. All costs associated with removal of such materials as well as compliance with all applicable laws associated with worker and/or environmental protection shall be the responsibility of the Contractor under the Base Bid. SMITH COLLEGE'S OWNER CONDITIONS 2 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Smith College's OWNER CONDITIONS Site visit: Any visits to the project site must be scheduled with the Owner a minimum of 24 hours in advance. Acceptance of Bids: The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informality in the bidding should it be deemed in the Owner's opinion to be in any way in his best interest to do so. " Taxes: This project is exempt from the Massachusetts State sales tax. Certificates will be furnished to all successful bidders. Schedules of work: Work on this project will begin after December 17, 2007 and its substantial completion will be accomplished no later than January 28, 2008. Traffic controls: The General Contractor shall be responsible for paying the Town of Northampton for police details request by authorized agencies or officials. Prior to disrupting traffic flow on a campus roadway and to avoid causing a potential hazard to pedestrians or vehicles, the Contractor shall arrange for and pay for security details through the Owner's Campus Police office. In all cases, the Owner's Campus Police office shall be the final authority of what activity is a potential hazard to pedestrians or vehicles. Parking and Deliveries: All contractors will be required to adhere to the college campus parking regulations. If the employees of the contractors receive a Smith College parking ticket for parking in an unauthorized parking space, and did not pay the fine, the college has the right to deduct whatever fines are outstanding form the final payment of the completed job. e Lawns: The General Contractor is responsible to take whatever action is necessary to prevent damage to the lawns, sidewalks, trees and shrubs on the college property. The Owner will review the area with the General Contractor before the job starts, to make any notes about the exiting conditions. After the work is completed, the Owner, along with the General Contractor will review the site. If damage has accrued, it is the responsibility of the General Contractor to repair or replace the shrubs, trees, lawns and sidewalks to the satisfaction for the college. Further information about protection requirements may be found within the bid specifications. Insurance: See Owner's Insurance Requirements. PI Permits: The General Contractor will obtain a building permit. All other required permits will be the responsibility of the respective subcontractors. Copies of all permits, inspection report, and communication with the building department are to be supplied to the General Contractor. Rebates and Credits Any rebates for purchased items should be submitted for Smith College by the applicable Contractor and to be credited toward the final invoice. For example: W. R. Grace's acoustical SMITH COLLEGE'S OWNER CONDITIONS 1 Sa A rtaved ub�c©n ractQr Bid List, Site Elevator Contractors Warner Bros. Sunderland, MA Schindler Hartford, CT T&M Equipment Corp. Springfield, MA Bay State Chicopee, MA Palmer Paving Palmer, MA Otis W. Springfield, MA Marion Excavating S. Hadley, MA Associated Elevator S. Yarmouth, MA Duffy/Willard Northampton, MA Dietz Const. Corporation Easthampton, MA Mechanical Contractors Truehart Paving & Lands. Southampton, MA Harry Grodsky Co. Springfield, MA Karl's Excavating, Inc. Hadley, MA M.J. Moran Haydenville, MA JC & Company Northampton, MA T.J. Conway Springfield, MA Adams Plumbing & Heating, Inc. Adams, MA Landscape Duffy/Willard Northampton, MA Sheet Metal Fabricators K.R. Longtin Northampton, MA Kleeberg Sheet Metal Ludlow, MA Truehart Paving & Lands. Southampton, MA Fisher Sheet Metal Springfield, MA Mt. View Landscapes & Chicopee, MA Berkshire Air W. Springfield, MA "" Custom Sheet metal Haydenville, MA Miscellaneous Metals Hurley and David Air Springfield, MA Accufab Goshen, MA Arrow Welding Hatfield, MA Automatic Temperature Control ARC Welding Hadley, MA Yankee Technology Ludlow, MA Ralph's Welding Northampton, MA SWE Springfield, MA Fire Protection Allied Fire Protection Springfield, MA Millwork M.J. Moran Haydenville, MA 40 Westek Westfield, MA. H.F.P. Westfield, MA Amherst Woodworking Northampton, MA Warehouse Mechanical S. Hadley, MA John Carlo Woodworking Westfield, MA P Wright Architectural Northampton, MA Electrical Contractors Haydenville Woodworking Amherst, MA Collins Electric Chicopee, MA Laurel Hill (Peter Dellert) Holyoke, MA David R. Northup Electric Agawam, MA Bradford Woodworking Florence, MA T&M Dalton, MA Orchard Electric Northampton, MA Roofing Contractors Communication Contractors Morris Springfield, MA Hogan Communications Holyoke, MA - Rivet Springfield, MA Coughlin Electrical, Inc. Springfield, MA Titan Chicopee, MA Maheu, Joe-Sm. proj. Granby, MA-467-9581 Environmental Contractors Pelletier, Al - Sm. Proj. Westfield, MA-532-6346 Abide East Longmeadow Ernest Peterson Inc. Hartford, Ct ATC Associates West Springfield ? ' Allied Restoration-flats East Hartford, Ct Flooring Contractors Painting Contractors Mercier Carpet W. Springfield, MA Lococo, Owen Northampton, MA Landmark Flooring Concept Albany, NY Northeast Northampton, MA M. Frank Higgins& Co. Newington, CT Coffey & Heady Northampton, MA Ayotte & King Chicopee, MA on Callahan, Joe Pelham, MA Dion A&Son Flooring Hadley, MA Novotny Northampton, MA on Kitchen Equipment B&G Restaurant Supply, Inc. Pittsfield, MA Kittredge Equipment Sprir NYSMN College Approved Subcontractor List 2006.xis A.R.Green&Sons Russell Sprague 19 St.James Ave.,P.O.Box 1009 Holyoke,MA 01041 - 413-538-7947 fax 413-534-4798 Wright Builders Joyce Paige 48 Bates Street Northamtpon.MA 01060 413-586-8287 fax 413-587-9276 Teagno Constuction Inc. Don Teagno P.O.Box 2054 228 Triangle Street Amherst,MA 01004-2054 413-549-0803 fax 413-549-2628 Aquadro&Cerruti Inc. Rick Aquadro P.O.Box 656,Texas Rd., Northampton, MA 01061 413-584-4022 on fax 413-584-0011 Western Builders Paul Ugolini 73 Pleasant Street PO Box 278 Granby,MA 06035 413-467-9171 fax 413-467-9559 Wischhof Construction Ray Wischhof 10 Blackberry Circle Holyoke,MA 01040 413-533-2520 f 413-536-7381 OR an SMITH COLLEGE no Campus Operations & Facilities Thursday,October 4th—12pm—Three set of plans available for pickup Phys. Plant,($150 refundable deposit w/self addressed stamped envelope) Checks payable to: The Trustees of The Smith College Tuesday,October 9th-9am-Contractor site visit,Cushing House, Smith College,Northampton, Massachusetts Wednesday,October 17th—2pm—Bids due at Smith Phys.Plant .w Friday,October 19th—Contract awarded. By order of The Trustees of The Smith College Northampton,MA 01063 Charlie Conant Project Managers w w *J* SMITH COLLEGE Campus Operations & Facilities Invitation to Bid k Additions & Renovations to Cushing and Emerson Dining Rooms Cushing and Emerson Houses, Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts You are invited to bid on a General Construction Project entitled: Renovations to Cushing and Emerson Dining Rooms in the Cushing and Emerson Houses on the Campus of Smith College,Northampton, Massachusetts. The documents have been prepared by:Thomas Douglas Architects,Inc.,Northampton, Massachusetts. The project consists of renovations to a existing dining halls on the Smith College Campus. New serving lines and beverage areas shall be relocated and installed in the Cushing and Emerson dining rooms. New finishes will be provided at the floors, walls and ceilings in both dining halls. New furniture and booths shall be provided under a separate contract and their installation shall be coordinated and supervised by the General Contractor. In addition to work at Cushing and Emerson, installation of new fabric wrapped acoustical ceiling panels at the King & Scales Dining Hall shall also be included in this project as a separate line item. Proposals will be receive from a pre-approved list of general contractors.Unsolicited proposals of individuals,partnerships,companies or corporations will not be considered. The project will commence on or before December 10,2007 and be Substantially Completed by January OP 28,2008. Copies of bidding documents will be distributed by the Owner after 12:OOPM local time,Thursday, October 4,2007. Three sets of documents will be available at the reception desk on the first floor of the Smith College Physical Plant building,at 126 West Street,Northampton,MA. A$150 refundable deposit and self addressed and stamped envelope is required. Make checks payable to The Trustees of The Smith College. Additional sets may be purchased directly from the New England Blueprint(Springfield,MA)at a non- refundable cost set by the printer. Do not contact Smith College,the Architect,or the project engineers for copies of drawings.NO EXCEPTIONS! A pre-bid conference will be held at Cushing House,Smith College,Northampton,MA on Tuesday, October,2007 at 9:OOAM.Limited parking is available in the street and loading area adjacent to the building.Additional parking is available at the Smith College Physical Plant lot. This conference is for the specific purpose of viewing the site and clarifying questions by bidders,sub-bidders,subcontractors and suppliers. Proposals shall be received at the office of the Owner's Project Manager until 2PM local time on Wednesday,October 17,2007. The contract shall be awarded Friday,October 19,2007. The Owner,with the Architect present,will open proposals in private.Bidders may not be present at the time of opening of proposals. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids of the General Bidders and to waive any informality in the bids received and to accept the bid which in its judgment best serves the interests of the Owner. Abbreviated bid schedule: 11! Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining I Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 14—CONVEYING SYSTEMS NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 15—MECHANICAL 15300 FIRE PROTECTION 15400 PLUMBING DIVISION 16—ELECTRICAL OR 16100 ELECTRICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC-3 Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College No Northampton, Massachusetts DIVISION 4-MASONRY OR NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 5 -METALS NOT APPLICABLE wu DIVISION 6-WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06551 SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS DIVISION 7-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07841 FIRE STOPPING 07920 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 8 -DOORS AND WINDOWS NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 9 -FINISHES 09255 GYPSUM WALL BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09510 CEILING TILE 09657 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09840 ACOUSTIC CEILING 09900 PAINTING DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES 10520 FIRE-PROTECTIONS SPECIALTIES DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 12— FURNISHINGS NOT APPLICABLE TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC-2 „�„ Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 10/4/2007 Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts TABLE OF CONTENTS Invitation to Bid Smith College Bid List Smith College Approved Sub-Contractors List Smith College Owner Conditions Smith College Liability Insurance Requirements Code Review DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00410 BID FORM 00438 BID FORM SUPPLIMENT- PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01020 ALLOWANCES 01027 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01030 ALTERNATES 01035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01040 COORDINATION 01095 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS 01300 SUBMITTALS • 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01505 CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01631 SUBSTITUTIONS 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01740 WARRANTIES DIVISION 2-SITEWORK NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 3 -CONCRETE NOT APPLICABLE TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC-1 Project Name: Renovations to Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, MA Owner: The Trustees of Smith College Smith College Northampton, MA Phone: 413-585-2400 Project Manager: Charlie Conant Architect: Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc. 136 West Street ! " Northampton, MA Phone: 413-585-0641, Fax: 413-582-9882 Project Architects: Tom Douglas,Jody Barker ear MEP/FP: Lindgren & Sharples, P.C. 435 Cottage Street Springfield, MA Phone: 413-732-4336, Fax: 413-731-0786 Project Engineers: Dino D'Angelo,Julia Weatherby on PROJECT MANUAL "ISSUED FOR BIDDING, OCTOBER 4, 2007" op Cushing and Emerson Dining Rooms Addendum No-3 October 15,2007 ELECTRICAL ITEM E1 DRAWING E-2 Add text note and leader pointing to the electrical panel shown on the drawings directly under the Cushing Dining room:"CUSHING DINING ROOM PANEL(5 SPACES AVAILIABLE)" ITEM E2 DRAWING E-2 Add text note and leader pointing to wall of laundry area around corner,to the north and 10 feet from Cushing dining room panel:"EXISTING TELEPHONE&DATA HUB LOCATION" ITEM E3 DRAWING E-3 Add existing panel symbol to south wall of closet 100J3 in the Emerson Building. Add leader and text note to panel:"EMERSON EMERGENCY PANEL. FEED EMERGENCY CIRCUIT AT EMERSON DINING ROOM FROM SPARE BREAKER LOCATED HERE" ITEM E4 DRAWING E-3 Add existing panel symbol to west wall of corridor 100C3,outside Parlor 2100P2 in the Cushing Building. Add leader and text note to panel:"CUSHING EMERGENCY PANEL. FEED EMERGENCY CIRCUIT AT CUSHING DINING ROOM FROM SPARE BREAKER LOCATED HERE" ITEM E5 16100 2.7 A Add subsection: 16. Carbon monoxide alarm system requires addressable interface module for interaction with each respective panel. Each carbon monoxide alarm circuit also requires a dedicated supervisory signal to the central station,this will require the installation of an additional data line to be installed at each fire alarm location. The installed fire alarm control panel shall capable of handling this function." END OF MEP ADDENDUM ITEMS Lindgren&Sharpies,P.C. Page 2 of 2 NERMW • Cushing and Emerson Dining Rooms Addendum No.3 October 15,2007 MEP Addendum Items FIRE PROTECTION ITEM FP1 DRAWING FP-1 A. New fire protection piping in basement mechanical room to be painted red by G.C.to match existing sprinkler piping in mechanical room.Exposed sprinkler piping in vestibule to be painted by G.C.to match nearby ceiling/soffit. PLUMBING ITEM P1 DRAWING PD-1 A. Piping in basement below serving items shown to be removed shall be removed back to active portion. ITEM P2 DRAWING P-1 A. In Detail#5,Water Filter Piping Detail,ADD"Model#AP510"to the Aquapure water filter notation. B. At the Emerson Dining Room,extend 3/4-inch cold water piping at basement boiler room ceiling below approximately 15 feet from location of old water hydrant to new WH-1.For beverage dispenser water supply manifold,provide 3/4-inch valved line in boiler room below, fed from existing 3"cold water line approximately 15 feet away in basement boiler room below. C. At the Emerson Dining Room,provide approximately 40 feet of 3"waste piping and 2"vent piping from FD-1 running at ceiling of basement boiler room below,to tie into existing 4" sanitary piping and 3"vent.Provide 2"waste and 1-1/2"vent serving FS-1.Provide cleanouts as required.Trap primer assembly for Emerson FS-1 and FD-1 to be mounted in new beverage line cabinetry near water supply manifold. D. Approximately 5 feet of 314-inch copper drain piping near existing fire door in basement below Cushing beverage line shall be relocated to route piping away from the door mechanism. E. At the Cushing Dining Room,extend 3/4-inch cold water piping at basement ceiling below approximately 20 feet from location of old water hydrant to new WH-1. F. At the Cushing Dining Room,provide approximately 20 feet of 3"waste piping and 2"vent piping from FD-1 running at ceiling of basement below,to tie into existing 5"sanitary piping and 2"vent.Provide cleanouts as required.Trap primer assembly for Cushing FD-1 to be mounted in new beverage line cabinetry. Lindgren&Sharples,P.C. Page 1 of 2 Additions and Renovations to ADDENDA#1 Chapin House Dining Chapin House Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 18. Q:The 100V1 vestibule is indicated as NIC on A1.0 but within the limits of scope on E1 and E3, it appears that most of these devises are to replace existing. Should we assume no painting in these areas?A: Areas effected by the limited work in 100V1 should be patched, repaired and re-painted under this contract. 19. Q: Is there an expectation of the new exposed basement piping to be painted?A: Existing piping is not painted. New piping need not be painted. 20. Q: Can the 3/4 subfloor be CDX or Advantech since we have UL over it?A: Yes, either material is acceptable as sub-floor. 21. Q: Spacing of sconces in 2B/A-2.0 do not agree with RCP and electrical drawings? Fixture is crowded in the corner A: Final spacing of sconces will be worked out in field with Architect. Spacing of mirrors and sconces to be laid out to give enough relief between the walls and the fixtures. Sconces shown in elevations are "schematic only" and may not reflect the actual size of the final fixture. 22. Q:Can the new cabinets be shop primed? Painted? A: Yes, the new cabinetry and miscellaneous millwork can be shop primed and painted. This would leave only the re-used hot line to be field primed and painted to match the new millwork. Painter would "touch-up" finishes at new millwork as required after installation.Adjust the scope of work for the painting sub- contractor appropriately. 23. Q: In the Emerson Dining room above the drop ceiling are there steel or wood beams that will need to be boxed with drywall?A: Entire area above dropped ceiling and soffit to be enclosed with 5/8" type-x GWB. Spot investigation showed the structure above to be of similar depth. 24. Q: 1.1 detail 3 1 assume we will need to add blocking between joist to hang soffits supports that are parallel to the joist.A: Yes, assume "blocking as required" to help support soffit parallel to structure above. • Page 3 Additions and Renovations to ADDENDA #1 Chapin House Dining Chapin House Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts patches only, not complete re-installation. Note should read "Patch and repaint GWB/Plaster at walls as required at removed cabinetry.Walls to be primed and painted." 6. Q:A-1.0 detail 3& 4 indicate to patch wall at demoed cabinets? Differs from item #4 as does spec 01030-1 ,3.0,A, 1. A: As per item #5 this Addendum, walls to be patched and re- finished at areas effected by removal of base and wall cabinets in pantries under Alternate #1. 7. Q: Ex-1 and A-1.0 indicate 10052, 100V1, 100HCT1 as NIC. However there is sprinkler work and alarm work? It does not all appear to be non destructive. A: Contractor/Sub- contractor responsible for any cutting, patching and re-finishing required for this work. 8. Q:There appears to be addition alarm work in other location beyond the dining rooms? Is there work here for the GC?A: Cutting, patching and repair/restoration of existing finishes as indicated in item #7 this Addenda. 9. Q: Confusion regarding completion dates for work? 1-28-2008 and 1-21-2008 given. Please clarify? A: Architectural and MEP work should be "substantially complete" by 1/21/08. Punch list, final finish work, and installation of new furniture to be completed by 1/28/08 so that both dining rooms are ready to open for the Spring 2008 semester. 10. Q: Spec page 3 telephone states by GC, spec 01500-2 ,B ,8 states by college. A: The College will provide a location for job phone and fax. GC will be responsible for their own equipment. A data connection for computers may also be provided upon request. 11. Q: Spec 06651-4 ,1.7 ,B Is this option desired or required? A: Question regarding warranty labeled "optional" in specifications. Please make these qualifications "required". 12. Q:Spec 09255-6 This does not appear to call for the skimming of existing walls after wall paper removal.Will this be required? A: We do not anticipate need to skim walls at this time. 13. Q: Spec 09840-2 2.1 Heading says Wall Panels,but it does list spec for ceiling. A:The fabric wrapped acoustical panels would be similar from these companies used on walls or ceilings. Mounting types and materials similar for both, 14. Q: I didn't see a spec for the rubber base at the cabinets? A: Rubber base at cabinets to be Johnsonite or equal, 4" high. Color to be determined by Architect. 15. Q:Will door thresholds be an issue with the extra 3/8 UL?A:The final thickness of sub- floor and underlayment at new floor finishes will be determined after removal of existing flooring and sub-floor with abatement.Thicknesses will be adjusted to achieve level threshold between dining room and pantries. For now, price 3/4" sub-floor and 3/8" underlayment. 16. Q: Could you give us some input on the expectation for the electrical devices located outside of the two dining rooms. Theres is a considerable amount of this. Some will obviously need to be exposed pipe.Will exposed wire mold be acceptable at all locations? Would we paint the wire molding? There are two CO locations of real concern and two exterior strobe locations.A: Where at all possible, wiring should be concealed within the walls, soffits, existing molding and trim, etc.This should be the first option in all cases. Where existing conditions do not allow for concealed wiring, wire mold is acceptable.The wire mold should be painted out to match adjacent surfaces and finishes. 17. Q: I don't see the door hold opens in the dining room in the electric plan. The one I noticed was floor mounted therefore must be remover and reinstalled. A: The General Contractor and their Electrical Sub Contractor shall be responsible for removal of the device before abatement and re-installation of the door hold after installation of new sub-floor and finish floor. • Page 2 THOMAS . • Architects, Inc. Memo To: All Contractors From: Jody Barker,Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc. CC: Charlie Conant, Smith College; Julia Weatherby, Lindgren & Sharples Date: 10/12/07 Re: Cushing and Emerson Dining Rooms, Cushing and Emerson Houses, Smith College, Northampton, MA —ADDENDA#2 ADDENDA#2 Renovations to Cushing and Emerson Dining Rooms Cushing and Emerson Houses Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts RFI & GENERAL: 1. Q:A1.2 detail 1 and 2 indicate wood base. Will the abatement contractor remove all wood base? Is the wood base demo only where new walls are to be installed. Need to know if we are planning all new.A: Assume the abatement contractor will remove existing wood shoe/trim piece at base of wall.This shoe will not be replaced/reinstalled. Existing wood base to remain. Holes at base to be filled. Base to be primed and painted per finish schedule. 2. Q:Will all abatement and testing be done before the start date? A: Abatement will start previous to the project. Abatement is presently scheduled in Cushing Dining Room for 12/10/07 and will take approximately four(4) days. Work in Emerson Dining Room is scheduled for the week following and will take three (3) to four (4) days. Contractor may begin work in each dining room upon completion of the abatement. 3. Q:Do we know what the anticipated duration will be? A: The project is currently scheduled for work from 12/10/07 through 1/21/08. All finishes and punch-list items need to be completed by 1/28/07 for the opening of the dining rooms. We would like to do process shop drawings in the period from contract award to start of construction to ensure long lead items are ready for installation. 4. Q:Will the GC be required to come in to remove radiators and serving equipment before abatement?A: Radiators will remain in place. Furniture and serving equipment will be removed by the College. General Contractor and their Subs will provide utilities as specified on drawings and specs.The College and their vendors will be responsible for final connections. 5. Q: EX-1 detail 3 & 4 indicated to remove existing plaster&gyp to studs, Is this floor to ceiling?A:The note on 3/EX-1 and 4/EX-4 is an error.The repairs at the walls are to be • Page 1 Delfie%I' 27.87" 27.87' (70.8 cm) (70.8 cm)- 23.31" 23.31" - (60.1 cm) (60.1 cm) 11.75' 16.56' 11.75" C , rTl- (29.8 cm) (42.1 cm) (29.8 cm) 30.00" PLAN VIEW N225 (76.2 cm) PLAN VIEW N227 25.75" (65.4 cm) 25.25" 25.31'_ 14.i 2" (64.1 cm) (64.3 cm) (37.1 cm) 22.12" 22.12" - (56.2 cm) (56.2 cm) N225 CUTOUT 15.56" 13.81" 15.56" 13.75" DIMENSIONS (39.5 cm) ; (35.1 cm) (39.5 cm) I I (34.9 cm) 25.75" ------------- --------------- (65.4cm)� 26.8 26.81" 11.25" ) 11.25" (68.1 cm) (28.6 c+ m) (26.6 c1 I 28.00" I_ 17.75" 17.75' (71.1 cm) (45.1 cm) (45.1 cm) ELEVATION N225 ELEVATION N227 a " N227 CUTOUT 27.38" DIMENSIONS � (69.5 cm) 10.81' 24.19" a (27.4 cm) (61.4 cm) o 15.56" 13.81" 15.5 ; ; 13.75" c (39.5 cm) (35.1 cm) (39.5 cm) (34.9 cm) a L____-____-- � 26.81' 26.81" Elm 68.1 cm 0 11.25" ) (68.1 cm) (28.6 (28.6 cm ) V) m7m � 13.93" 13.93" (38.4 cm) (38.4 cm) END VIEW N225 END VIEW N227 Specifications u / Energy N Model Capacity H.P. Amps Consumption Plug Ship kwh Plug Weight N N225 6 Gallons 1/4 5 1.91 5-15P 115 lbs. ZN227 12 Gallons 1/4 5 2.26 5-15P 191 lbs. 980 S.Isabella Rd. Phone:800-733-8948 or 989-773.7981 Printed In the U.S.A. Mt.Pleasant,Michigan 48858 Fax:800.669.0619 DSN225/227 E n V d i s� www.delfield.com 03/07 �'- Project Delfie%/• Item Z Quantity N225/N227 C51 Section 11400 N Approved Uri Date Self-Contained Drop-In Freezer \ Models Z N225 6 gallon drop-in freezer N227 12 gallon drop-in freezer Standard Features Options & Suitable for ice cream storage Accessories 18-gauge stainless steel top Lexon lid Die stamped top opening with raised edge Locking device High-density polyurethane foam throughout *220 volt,50 cycle system unit *Inclusion of this option will alter '. Mechanically cooled 0•17 to 57 tank the electrical specifications of Folding removable cover with external t R the unit. handle i 9'cord and plug = Environmentally friendly HFC-404A refrigerant One year parts and 90 day labor standard warranty Model N227 Specifications Model N225 24.19'(61.4 cm)x 22.12'(56.2 cm)x 12.25"(31.1 cm)high.Compartment Top of 18-gauge stainless steel,has 1.31"(3.3 cm)overhang front to back and sides are wrapped with refrigeration Imes.Insulation on sides and on bot- 1.25'(3.1 Scm)right to left,one die-stamped 10.44'(26.5 cm)x 20.69"(52.5 tom is high-density closed-cell polyurethane.Unit Is designed to maintain cm)opening with raised edges.Opening is fitted with insulated,folding, 0°to 5'F(-18'C to-21'C).Cabinet capacity is 12 gallons. A lift-off cover. 1/4 H.P.condensing unit is mounted below freezing compartment on 16- SF Freezer compartment interior is 22-gauge stainless steel and measures gauge steel frame. 1 R O 10.81"(27.4 cm)x 22.12"(56.2 cm)x 1225"(31.1 cm)high.Compartment A stainless steel louver,13'(33 cm)x 25"(63.15 cm),is supplied for field instal- sides are wrapped with refrigeration lines.Sides and bottom are insulated lation.The cutout size for the louver is 11.50"(292 cm)x 23'(584 cm), with high-density closed-cell polyurethane.Unit is designed to maintain 0' to S`F(-IB°C to-2I'C)Cabinet capacity is 6 gallons. 404A Condensing unit mounted below freezer compartment on 16-gauge steel nmucrxnnr frame,has 1/4 H.P.rating. A stainless steel louver,13'(33 cm)x 25'(63.5 cm),is supplied for field instal- Iation.The cutout size for the louver is 11.50(291 cm)x 23'(584 cm). Model N227 Top of 18-gauge stainless steel,Sas 1.31"(3.3 cm)overhang on all sides,two die-stained openings have raised edges,measure 10.44'(26.5 cm)x 2069' (525 cm),are fitted with insulated,folding,lift-off covers. Freezer compartment has 22-g6uge stainless steel interior and measures 980 S.Isabella Rd. Phone:800-733-8948 or 989-773-7981 C Mt.Pleasant,Michigan 48858 Fax:800-669-0619 www•delfield.com E n V S® GENERAL NOTE:COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF BEVERAGE AND SERVING EQUIPMENT WITH COLLEGE DINING SERVICES AND COLLEGE'S EQUIPMENT VENDOR.PENETRATIONS THROUGH COUNTERTOP TO BE GROMMITED. LINE OF MANTLE ABOVE INFILL EXISTING FIREPLACE OPENING BUILD LOW WALL FROM FLOOR TO 1 UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING MANTLE ABOVE.2X4 @ 16"O.C.W/PRIMED 8 PAINTED WOOD PANELING&TRIM TO MATCH PATTERN ABOVE MANTLE I I I 2C SHALLOW CABINET O BELOW FOR Y WATER AT A-3.0 I G 4"CORIAN I BACKSPLASH c7 I I I wares I eew amPln I fs 2E w r°darer I amai rf8BZ8f nee axes p b I A-3.0 0 I p t mI� NIA - L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - L_ J I I 2D NEW DROP-IN FREEZER- SODA BAGS&CO2 CANISTERS IN CABINET. A-P(AM DELFIELD N225.PROVIDED BY G.C.TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION&SPACE COLLEGE,INSTALLED BY GC. REQUIREMENTS WITH SMITH COLLEGE DINING SERVICES&THEIR SODA VENDOR.SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS REVISION AT EMERSON BEVERAGE LINE SCALE:3/8"= V-0" REF.A-1.0,A-1.2,A-1.3,A-3.0:ADD(1)DROP-IN FREEZER AT BEVERAGE LINE.FREEZER TO BE PROVIDED BY COLLEGE AND INSTALLED BY G.C. FREEZER TO BE DELFIELD MODEL#N225.COORDINATE LOCATION WITH DINING SERVICES.COORDINATE CONNECTIONS WITH ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING TRADES. RENOVATIONSTO: REVISION AT I� GUSHING AND BEVERAGE LINE Architects, Inc. EMERSON HOUSE 136 West Street,Northampton,MA EMERSON HOUSE �'!,I�` phone:(413)585-0641 fax:(413)582-9882 DINING ROOMS CUSHING AND EMERSON HOUSES me lrcedeo sNax Ne deemed ue w ffi—I-meee—meets e„d eean reran su SMITH COLLEGE cna�sri ru nes en II"e-Im me 19—Ild to thma niece n�rr vda NORTHAMPTON,MASSACHUSETTS ISSUE: DATE: ma--ya me pl's ADDENDAxr 101912007 a II � I'LJII STAIRI oos r — — — — — — — — — — Lf'F1 I cera wa tost oast r C)36"tall banquette I zu fl m ash L24x3x3 24x 24x 24x3 24x3 I I DINING ROON8 I b (below) OOD 1 COOM , 72 seats; 00 ' 48"round 48"round I I 48"round Ilk- f` HEFgIGERq LIJ - 46-round 48"round ( 48"round )3 MI I I b I �ImI I N 3'-4" 4'-6" 3'-0"I I 24.31!2x3 24x3 24x3 243 24x3 I 48"round I j 48"round � 36"tall banquette - — O _ REVISION AT CUSHING FURNITURE LAYOUT SCALE: NOT TO SCALE REF.A-1.0,A-1.2,A-2.0:DELETE(2)BANQUETTES(EACH SIDE OF EXISTING FIREPLACE).REPLACE WITH(2)48"ROUND TABLES.FOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR REFERENCE-FURNITURE UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT,INSTALLATION COORDINATED BY G.C. RENOVATIONS TO: REVISION AT W Ma c 1. CUSHING Architects, Inc. CUSHING AND FURNITURE PLAN 136 West Street,Northampton,MA EMERSON HOUSE FOR REFERENCE ��^� phone:(413)585-0641 fax:(413)562-9682 DINING ROOMS • can.n sum.mry+�a ane..we"..a nem.m�m4mv Ine�a+nls CUSHING AND EM ERSON HOUSES ht.A ry SMITH COLLEGE mom.:'m rrro:ea,aww:wlmax ore wnnen ro„�em onne zru,aen snit rde NORTHAMPTON,MASSACHUSETTS ISSUE: DATE: nw xcursr or n,e vl•�:. nooEHOn el 10/9/2007 X x 0 C cn i a i e - D > C) exis adiator n D v m z 2 _Fn c O O Z T —( O p � Z - W �1 Z O � -ism c � m O < O � � n � no m m m � O = m z � g m r Z m X o m ° n X0 cn O z i v o CN Z N �OL Z O� .� a NO ost r affle O �er I m uice soda T ee o O G, x � O o I i ELECTRICAL REVISIONS TO DATE: 10-4-07 SKETCH NinNmcPXx & MiMeriES, ra BEVERAGE LINES SCALE: 1/4"= V-0" NUMBER: cceuminqG DRAWN:JRP PROM:(419)798-4999 Piz:(419)7si-o79e CUSHING AND EMERSON DINING 496 COSTIOS STOW Wan GMZ,ML 01104 ROOMS-SMITH COLLEGE CHECKED:KNT NORTHAMPTON MA DWG FILE:SKE1 SKE-1 Additions and Renovations to ADDENDA#1 Chapin House Dining Chapin House Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts appears.A: Assume all walls,wood trim, cabinets, etc. for new painted finish to receive prime & paint per section 09900. 7. Q: Finishes in all these rooms I assume end at the face of the doors, meaning half the jamb is painted and one face of the door. Maybe my question should be are the doors painted?A: Assume the doors to receive similar finish/color to wood trim within the dining room. 8. Q:Spec 01010-1 1 A speaks to a new entry/porch and walkin freezer. I didn't see that on the plan so far? More to come? Since there is not site work or concrete I assume these went away and are no longer part of this project.This may also be way there are references to service modification elsewhere. A: There is no addition.This was missed in redlining the specifications. Delete references to addition and work at porch.Work at Cushing, Emerson & King & Scales at interiors. 9. Q:A1.0 detail 4 In alt#1 does the radiator in 100SR2 get a new cover?A: no cover at radiator in Emerson pantry/dish room. 10. Q: Is there any painting required at Kings and Scales?A: assume minor touch-up at ceiling to bring to "like-new" finish. 11. Q:A 1.1 detail 4 I'm confused about the detailing on the acoustical ceiling panels the detail shows a 2nd layer of drywall 1' short of the panel size. The spec 09840-2 2.3 mounting has different requirements?are both these requires drywall and clips? If the 2nd layer of drywall is used what is the expected edge treatment? Is the drywall taped or just screwed in place?A: 2"d layer of drywall is to bring panel off of the surface of the existing or new ceiling and create a reveal. Reveal may be possible with submitted companies mounting hardware and 2"d layer may be deleted. Plywood or other"shim" material also acceptable. Edges do not need to be finished. Shim held back a distance so as not to be visible from ground. ADDENDUM SKETCHES: SKA — Revisions at Beverage Line— Emerson House: addition of drop-in freezer at the Emerson Beverage line. College to provide (Delfield N225 or eq.), GC to install. Subs to provide connections as required. SK.2 — Revisions at Beverage Line— Cushing House: addition of drop-in freezer at the Emerson Beverage line. College to provide (Delfield N225 or eq.), GC to install. Subs to provide connections as required. SK.3 — Revision at Cushing Furniture Plan—for GC reference (NIC) SKE-1 — Electrical Revisions to Beverage Lines Specification Section 01010 — revised deleting references to porch and walk-in cooler/freezer. • Page 2 THOMAS DOUGLAS Architects, Inc. Memo To: All Contractors From: Jody Barker, Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc. CC: Charlie Conant, Smith College; Julia Weatherby, Lindgren & Sharples Date: 10/12/07 Re: Cushing and Emerson Dining Rooms, Cushing and Emerson Houses, Smith College, Northampton, MA—ADDENDA #1 ADDENDA#1 Renovations to Cushing and Emerson Dining Rooms Cushing and Emerson Houses Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts RFI& GENERAL: 1. Q:A1.1 detail 1 indicates new GWB painted. In this room we are not removing crown is this simply flat taped to the beams and cornice?A: correct,the wood detailing (crown molding, beams and other miscellaneous trim) is to remain in place. GWB edges to be finished/taped. 2. Q:A1.1 detail 1 are we re-drywalling the sides of the coffer itself?And will this section be abated? A: The existing ceiling tiles in Cushing Dining Room and associated GWB/plaster are scheduled to be abated under separate contract.Wood trim including beams and cornice are to remain.At this moment it is assumed that abatement can proceed without effecting the wood trim. Beams appear to be painted wood, not GWB. 3. A1.2 finish key Act.1 is the main ceiling in the Emerson Dining room and states P.9 paint, are we painting the ceiling tiles?A: Yes, ceiling tiles are to be painted. Color TBD. 4. Q: Detail 2 room finishes state GWB ceiling is P.8 does this include the soffit fascia and 1' vertical section abutting the new drop ceiling? A: Yes, assume the drywall soffit, ceiling and fascia to be the same color. Ceiling tiles are scheduled to be a different/contrasting color. 5. Q:Are the radiators themselves to be painted? A: radiators will not be painted. Millwork covers only. 6. Q: Spec 01030 3.0 A 1 states walls to be primed and painted. There is not a finish key indicated on A1.2? Does this mean trims are not painted. There will be some new base it • Page 1 r,77 97", 7 Sz, Project Name: Renovations to Cushing and Emerson House Dining Smith College Northampton, MA owner: The Trustees of Smith College Smith College Northampton, MA Phone:413-585-2400 Project Manager: Charlie Conant Architect: Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc. 136 West Street Northampton, MA Phone:413-585-0641, Fax:413-582-9882 Project Architects:Tom Douglas,Jody Barker MEP/FP: Lindgren & Sharpies, P.C. 435 Cottage Street Springfield, MA Phone:413-732-4336, Fax:413-731-0786 Project Engineers: Dino D'Angelo,Julia Weatherby PROJECT MANUAL "ISSUED FOR BIDDING, OCTOBER 4, 2007"